Epm Install

O R A C L E ® H Y P E R I O N E N T E R P R I S E P E R F O R M A N C EM A N A G E M E N T S Y S T E M

R E L E A S E 1 1 . 1 . 1 . 3

I N S T A L L A T I O N A N D C O N F I G U R A T I O NG U I D E

EPM System Installation and Configuration Guide, 11.1.1.3

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Authors: EPM Information Development Team

This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use anddisclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws. Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement orallowed by law, you may not use, copy, reproduce, translate, broadcast, modify, license, transmit, distribute, exhibit,perform, publish or display any part, in any form, or by any means. Reverse engineering, disassembly, or decompilationof this software, unless required by law for interoperability, is prohibited.

The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error-free. If you findany errors, please report them to us in writing.

If this software or related documentation is delivered to the U.S. Government or anyone licensing it on behalf of the U.S.Government, the following notice is applicable: U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS: Programs, software, databases, and relateddocumentation and technical data delivered to U.S. Government customers are "commercial computer software" or"commercial technical data" pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency-specific supplementalregulations. As such, the use, duplication, disclosure, modification, and adaptation shall be subject to the restrictions andlicense terms set forth in the applicable Government contract, and, to the extent applicable by the terms of the Governmentcontract, the additional rights set forth in FAR 52.227-19, Commercial Computer Software License (December 2007).Oracle USA, Inc., 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood City, CA 94065.

This software is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications. It is not developed orintended for use in any inherently dangerous applications, including applications which may create a risk of personalinjury. If you use this software in dangerous applications, then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate fail-safe,backup, redundancy and other measures to ensure the safe use of this software. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaimany liability for any damages caused by use of this software in dangerous applications.

This software and documentation may provide access to or information on content, products and services from thirdparties. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind withrespect to third party content, products and services. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible for anyloss, costs, or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third party content, products or services.

Contents

Documentation Accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Chapter 1. About EPM System Product Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

About EPM System Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Assumed Knowledge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

The EPM System Product Installation Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Installing EPM System Products in a Distributed Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

About the Hyperion Home Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Installation Documentation Roadmap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Chapter 2. Preparing for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Downloading the Installation Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Component Installation By Tier and Installation Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Foundation Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Essbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Reporting and Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Financial Performance Management Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Data Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Download File Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Chapter 3. Installing EPM System Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Installation Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Installation Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Upgrade Installation Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Characters Supported for Installation and Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Installing EPM System Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Installation Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Upgrade Homes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Contents iii

Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Performing Silent Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Loading Saved Selections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Modifying Response Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Installing Additional Instances of Essbase Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Chapter 4. Configuring EPM System Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

About EPM System Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

About the Shared Services Registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Satisfying Initial Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Upgrade Configuration Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Configuration Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Configuring Products in a Single-Machine Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Configuring Products in a Distributed Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Configuring Products in an SSL-Enabled Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Upgrade Configuration Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Product Configuration Task Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Using EPM System Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Task Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Shared Services and Registry Database Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Upgrade Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Enable Separately Licensed Product Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

EPM System Common Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Database Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Deploy to Application Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Application Server Deployment: Oracle Application Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Application Server Deployment: Oracle | BEA WebLogic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Application Server Deployment: WebSphere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Application Server Deployment: Embedded Java Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Cluster Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

EPM Workspace—Specific Configuration Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Performance Management Architect—Specific Tasks (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Essbase—Specific Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Planning—Specific Tasks (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Financial Management—Specific Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Reporting and Analysis—Specific Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Strategic Finance—Specific Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

FDM—Specific Configuration Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Performing Silent Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

iv Contents

Setting Up the Shared Services Registry Without Installing Shared Services . . . . . . . . . . . 112

What Happens During Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Troubleshooting Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Chapter 5. Starting and Stopping EPM System Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Using a Single Script to Start Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Summary List of Services and Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Services and Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Databases for Repositories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Corporate User Directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Shared Services OpenLDAP or Oracle Internet Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Shared Services Application Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

EPM Workspace Agent (CMC Agent) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

EPM Workspace UI (CMC UI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

EPM Workspace Application Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

EPM Workspace Web Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Performance Management Architect Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Essbase Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Administration Services Application Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Smart Search Application Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Integration Services Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Essbase Studio Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Provider Services Application Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Reporting and Analysis Services and Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Remaining Services or Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Launching Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Chapter 6. Validating the Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

About EPM System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Using EPM System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Foundation Services Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Essbase Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Reporting and Analysis Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Financial Performance Management Applications Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Data Management Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Chapter 7. Performing Postconfiguration Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

General Postconfiguration Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Increasing the JVM Memory Allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Contents v

Shared Services Postconfiguration Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Performance Management Architect Postconfiguration Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

EPM Workspace Postconfiguration Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Essbase Postconfiguration Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Setting User Limits on 64-bit AIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Integration Services Postconfiguration Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Administration Services Postconfiguration Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Provider Services Postconfiguration Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Essbase Studio Postconfiguration Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Updating the Essbase Studio Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Reporting and Analysis Postconfiguration Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Preparing the Financial Reporting Print Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Configuring X11 for Web Application Server Components for Financial Reporting andWeb Analysis (UNIX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Configuring SAP Data Source Access and Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Setting Up Environment Variables for Financial Reporting and Web Analysis for Non-English Characters (UNIX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Setting up the Environment Variables for Production Reporting (UNIX) . . . . . . . . . 158

Preparing Interactive Reporting for Printing (UNIX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Configuring Fonts (UNIX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Financial Reporting Configuration—Enabling the Provider Services Driver . . . . . . . 160

Recreating the Executables (Production Reporting Only) (UNIX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Planning Postconfiguration Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Configuring Offline Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

(UNIX) Configuring the Planning Locale for Use in Non-English Environments . . . 162

Financial Management Postconfiguration Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Configuring Settings for IIS 5.0 Isolation Mode (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Strategic Finance Postconfiguration Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Performance Scorecard Postconfiguration Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

FDM Postconfiguration Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

ERP Integrator Postconfiguration Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Data Relationship Management Postconfiguration Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Chapter 8. Upgrading EPM System Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

About Upgrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Improvements in This Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Upgrade and Migrate Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Supported Upgrade Paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

What Happens During Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Upgrade Documentation Not Provided . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

vi Contents

About Upgrading Only Some EPM System Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Limitations of Using Shared Services with Earlier Releases of Other Products . . . . . . 172

Limitations of Using Performance Management Architect 11.1.1.x with Earlier Releasesof Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Upgrading Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Determine Which Products To Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Backing Up the Earlier Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Ensure That Product—Specific Prerequisites Are Met . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Installing and Configuring EPM System Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Upgrading Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Upgrading Planning Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Upgrading Financial Management Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Moving Classic Applications to Performance Management Architect . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Migrating Business Rules to Calculation Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Performing Security Related Upgrade Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Provisioning Planning Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Transferring Users and Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Implementing the Unique Identity Attribute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Additional Product-Specific Upgrade Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Refreshing the Performance Management Architect User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Upgrading Essbase to Release 11.1.1.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Upgrading Reporting and Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Upgrading Strategic Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Working in an Environment with Multiple Releases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Using Reporting and Analysis 11.1.1.3 with Earlier Releases of Planning . . . . . . . . . . 192

Using Earlier Releases of Administration Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Upgrading from EPM System Release 9.3.x After Working in An Environment withMultiple Releases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Chapter 9. Reconfiguring EPM System Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Reconfiguring for SSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Redeploying to a Different Web Application Server Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Redeploying from the Embedded Java Container or WebSphere to WebLogicServer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Redeploying Applications from Oracle Application Server to WebLogic Server . . . . . 200

Changing Repository Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Changing the Shared Services and Registry Repository Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Changing EPM System Product Repository Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Changing the Planning Applications Repository Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Contents vii

Changing the Performance Management Architect Interface DatasourcePassword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Changing the FDM Repository Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Changing the Data Relationship Management Repository Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Reconfiguring Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Chapter 10. Deployment Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Considerations for Distributed Environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Adding Servers to a Financial Management Deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Chapter 11. Uninstalling EPM System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Uninstalling EPM System Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Performing a Silent Uninstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Chapter 12. License Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Ensuring License Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Activating and Deactivating Product Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Auditing Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Appendix A. What Happens During Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

What Happens During Shared Services Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Files Installed in the Foundation Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Common Files installed in the HYPERION_HOME Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

What Happens During EPM Workspace Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Files Installed in the EPM Workspace Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

What Happens During Performance Management Architect Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Files Installed in the Performance Management Architect Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

What Happens During Calculation Manager Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Files Installed in the Calculation Manager Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

What Happens During Smart View Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Files Installed in the Smart View Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

What Happens During Essbase Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Files Installed in the Essbase Server Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Files Installed in the Essbase Client Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

What Happens During Essbase Studio Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

Files Installed in the Essbase Studio Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

What Happens During Integration Services Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Files Installed in the Integration Services Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

What Happens During Administration Services Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Files Installed in the Administration Services Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

What Happens During Provider Services Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

viii Contents

Files Installed in the Provider Services Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

What Happens During Smart Search Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

Files Installed in the Smart Search Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

What Happens During Reporting and Analysis Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

Files Installed in the Reporting and Analysis Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

What Happens During Planning Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Files Installed in the Planning Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

What Happens During Financial Management Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Files Installed in the Financial Management Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

What Happens During Performance Scorecard Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Files Installed in the Performance Scorecard Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

What Happens During Strategic Finance Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Files Installed in the Strategic Finance Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

What Happens During Profitability and Cost Management Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Files Installed in the Profitability and Cost Management Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

What Happens During FDM Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Files Installed in the FDM Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

What Happens During Data Relationship Management Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Appendix B. Optional Manual Configuration for Essbase Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Manually Configuring the Essbase Server Environment (UNIX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Specifying Parameters in hyperionenv.doc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Changing ESS_JVM_OPTION and ESS_CSS_JVM_OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Changing JvmModuleLocation (UNIX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Optional Manual Configuration for Integration Services (UNIX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Optional Manual Configuration for Administration Services (UNIX) . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Optional Manual Configuration for Provider Services (UNIX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Manually Configuring the Essbase Server Environment (Windows) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Updating the Environment Manually for Essbase Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Setting JVMMODULELOCATION (Windows) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Configuring the 32-bit Runtime Client on a 64-bit Windows Platform . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Optional Manual Configuration for Integration Services (Windows) . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Optional Manual Configuration for Administration Services (Windows) . . . . . . . . . 242

Optional Manual Configuration for Essbase Studio (Windows) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Optional Manual Configuration for Provider Services (Windows) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Appendix C. Essbase 32-Bit and 64-Bit Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Essbase 32-Bit and 64-Bit Client and Server Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Essbase API Compatibility on 32-Bit and 64-Bit Platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Contents ix

Appendix D. JDBC URL Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Appendix E. Database Information for Financial Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Database Connection Pooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Example 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Example 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Encrypting UDL Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Appendix F. Updating the Shared Services Registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Understanding the Shared Services Registry Component Hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Making Corrections to the Shared Services Registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Viewing the Components in the Shared Services Registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Deleting a Component Instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Updating a Component Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Updating the Host and Port for Financial Management Logical Web Applications . . . . . 259

Appendix G. Enabling an X Virtual Frame Buffer for Financial Reporting and Web Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Enabling Xvfb for AIX 5L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Enabling Xvfb for Solaris 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Enabling Xvfb for Solaris 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Enabling Xvfb for Oracle Enterprise Linux/Red Hat Enterprise Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Enabling Xvfb for HP-UX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Setting the DISPLAY Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

x Contents

Documentation Accessibility

Our goal is to make Oracle products, services, and supporting documentation accessible, withgood usability, to the disabled community. To that end, our documentation includes featuresthat make information available to users of assistive technology. This documentation is availablein HTML format, and contains markup to facilitate access by the disabled community.Accessibility standards will continue to evolve over time, and Oracle is actively engaged withother market-leading technology vendors to address technical obstacles so that ourdocumentation can be accessible to all of our customers. For more information, visit the OracleAccessibility Program Web site at http://www.oracle.com/accessibility/.

Accessibility of Code Examples in DocumentationScreen readers may not always correctly read the code examples in this document. Theconventions for writing code require that closing braces should appear on an otherwise emptyline; however, some screen readers may not always read a line of text that consists solely of abracket or brace.

Accessibility of Links to External Web Sites in DocumentationThis documentation may contain links to Web sites of other companies or organizations thatOracle does not own or control. Oracle neither evaluates nor makes any representationsregarding the accessibility of these Web sites.

TTY Access to Oracle Support ServicesOracle provides dedicated Text Telephone (TTY) access to Oracle Support Services within theUnited States of America 24 hours a day, seven days a week. For TTY support, call 800.446.2398.

11

http://www.oracle.com/accessibility/

12 Documentation Accessibility

1About EPM System Product

Installations

In This Chapter

About EPM System Products.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

Assumed Knowledge... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

The EPM System Product Installation Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

Installing EPM System Products in a Distributed Environment .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

About the Hyperion Home Directory.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

Installation Documentation Roadmap ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

About EPM System ProductsCheck the Oracle Documentation Library (http://www.oracle.com/technology/documentation/epm.html) on Oracle® Technology Network to see whether an updated version of this guide isavailable.

Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System products form a comprehensiveEnterprise Performance Management system that integrates modular suites of financialmanagement applications with the most comprehensive business intelligence capabilities forreporting and analysis. Major components of EPM System products:

l Oracle's Hyperion® Foundation Services

l Oracle Essbase

l Oracle's Hyperion Reporting and Analysis

l Oracle's Hyperion Financial Performance Management Applications

l Oracle's Data Management

For information about the products and components in each of these product families, see OracleHyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Installation Start Here.

Assumed KnowledgeThis guide is for administrators who install, configure, and manage EPM System products. Itassumes the following knowledge:

l Security and server administration skills

l Windows administration skills and or UNIX/Linux administration skills

About EPM System Products 13

http://www.oracle.com/technology/documentation/epm.html



l Web application server administration skills

l A strong understanding of your organization's security infrastructure, includingauthentication providers such as Oracle Internet Directory, LDAP, or Microsoft ActiveDirectory, and use of SSL

l A strong understanding of your organization's database and server environments

l A strong understanding of your organization's network environment and port usage

The EPM System Product Installation ChecklistOracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Installer, Fusion Edition installscomponents on three tiers:

l Client tier

l Services tier

l Web tier, which includes the Java Application Server tier and the Web server tier

Additionally, when you configure EPM System products, you set up databases on the Data tier.

For more information about EPM System product architecture, see Oracle Hyperion EnterprisePerformance Management System Installation Start Here.

EPM System installation follows this workflow. Each part of the workflow is described in theguides as noted in the table below:

Task Reference

Plan the installation. “Installation Planning Checklist” in Oracle Hyperion Enterprise PerformanceManagement System Installation Start Here

Prepare the installation files. Chapter 2, “Preparing for Installation”

Meet the system requirementsand prerequisites.

System requirements in the Oracle Hyperion Enterprise PerformanceManagement System Certification Matrix (http://www.oracle.com/technology/products/bi/hyperion-supported-platforms.html) and “Installation PlanningChecklist” in Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management SystemInstallation Start Here

Install EPM System products. Chapter 3, “Installing EPM System Products”

Tip: Before you begin, determine the type of installation you will be performing:

l New installation

l Upgrade from a previous release

l Maintenance release installation

l Re-installation

For details on each installation type, see “Installation Type” on page 47.

Configure EPM System products. Chapter 4, “Configuring EPM System Products”

Note: In a distributed environment, configure Oracle's Hyperion® SharedServices first. Shared Services must be installed, configured, and running forother products to configure successfully.

14 About EPM System Product Installations

http://www.oracle.com/technology/products/bi/hyperion-supported-platforms.html


Task Reference

Note: In an SSL-enabled environment, configure Shared Services first, selecting“Enable SSL for communications.” Then, set up Shared Services for SSL andmake sure Shared Services is running before you configure other EPM Systemproducts.

(Optional) Manually deploy if youdid not automatically deploy JavaWeb applications to a Webapplication server.

Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System ManualDeployment Guide

Confirm that EPM System servicesare started.

Chapter 5, “Starting and Stopping EPM System Products”

Validate the installation usingOracle's Hyperion EnterprisePerformance ManagementSystem Diagnostics.

Chapter 6, “Validating the Installation”

Perform any requiredpostconfiguration tasks for yourproducts.

Chapter 7, “Performing Postconfiguration Tasks”

Enable external authenticationand provision users.

Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System SecurityAdministration Guide

(Optional) Enable Shared Servicesand the user directory for SSL, andthen enable installed products forSSL.

Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System SSL ConfigurationGuide

Tip: During installation, configuration, and validation, keep a list of all user names andpasswords that you use to create or modify the system, including the applications withwhich they are associated and their purpose.

Upgrade Note!

If you are upgrading from a previous release of EPM System products, use EPM System Installerand Oracle's Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Configurator to upgradeproducts on each machine in your deployment. See Chapter 8, “Upgrading EPM SystemProducts.”

Installing EPM System Products in a Distributed EnvironmentYou typically install EPM System products in a distributed environment. The number ofcomputers you need depends on several factors, including:

l The size of the applications

l The number of users

l The frequency of concurrent use by multiple users

Installing EPM System Products in a Distributed Environment 15

l Any requirements your organization has for high availability

l Your organization's security requirements

EPM System Installer simplifies the task of installing components in a distributed computingenvironment. You can install, configure, and validate any components you want on anycomputer. Once you have installed, configured, and validated the components on that machine,you can repeat the process on another machine.For more information about planning adistributed installation, see “EPM System Product Deployment” in Oracle Hyperion EnterprisePerformance Management System Installation Start Here and Oracle Hyperion EnterprisePerformance Management System High Availability Guide.

For information about which assemblies you need on each machine in a distributedenvironment, see Chapter 2, “Preparing for Installation.”

You install Shared Services on only one machine in the deployment.

Note: If you are installing in multiple environments (for example, Development, Test, andProduction), install Foundation Services products in each environment.

About the Hyperion Home DirectoryThe Hyperion home directory location is defined during the first product installation on thecomputer. Subsequent installations on the computer use the previously defined location.

All EPM System products are installed in directories under the Hyperion home directory. Inaddition, common internal and third-party components used by the products are installed inthe Hyperion home directory. Choose the location carefully to ensure that the location hasenough disk space for all products that you are installing on the machine. You cannot changethe location.

The Hyperion home directory location is defined in the system environment variable calledHYPERION_HOME (Windows) or .hyperion.'hostname' in the home directory of the userinstalling EPM System products (UNIX). The default location is C:/Hyperion (Windows) or$HOME/hyperion (UNIX). The Hyperion home directory location is referred to asHYPERION_HOME throughout this document.

Note: To ensure that EPM System Installer has the permissions required to modify theHYPERION_HOME location, Oracle requires that all EPM System applications beinstalled using the same user account.

For information about common files installed in HYPERION_HOME, see “Files Installed in theFoundation Directory” on page 214.


Installation Documentation RoadmapYou can find EPM System installation documentation on the Oracle Documentation Library(http://www.oracle.com/technology/documentation/epm.html) on Oracle® TechnologyNetwork. For system requirements, you can find the Oracle Hyperion Enterprise PerformanceManagement System Certification Matrix at http://www.oracle.com/technology/products/bi/hyperion-supported-platforms.html.

Table 1 lists the documents to consult for instructions on performing essential installation tasks.

Table 1 Documentation That You Need

Task Related Documentation

Meeting system requirements Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management SystemCertification Matrix (http://www.oracle.com/technology/products/bi/hyperion-supported-platforms.html)

Planning the installation Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management SystemInstallation Start Here

l Installing and configuring EPM System products

l Automatically deploying EPM System products

l Starting EPM System products

l Validating the installation

l Upgrading EPM System products

Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management SystemInstallation and Configuration Guide

Securing EPM System and provisioning users Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management SystemSecurity Administration Guide

Table 2 lists the documents to consult for additional installation tasks that you might need toperform.

Table 2 Documentation That You Might Need

Task Related Documentation

Manually deploying EPM System products Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System ManualDeployment Guide

Troubleshooting installations Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management SystemInstallation and Configuration Troubleshooting Guide

Creating a backup of product and applicationdata

Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Backupand Recovery Guide

Migrating from one environment to another Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management SystemLifecycle Management Guide

Enabling SSL Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System SSLConfiguration Guide

Clustering EPM System applications for highavailability

Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System HighAvailability Guide

Installation Documentation Roadmap 17







2Preparing for Installation

In This Chapter

Downloading the Installation Files .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

Component Installation By Tier and Installation Assemblies ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

Downloading the Installation Files

ä To download the installation files:

1 Create a directory to store the EPM System files.

You can download files to a shared drive, or to each machine in your deployment. If you areinstalling from a network drive, map this drive. This directory is referred to as /download_location in this procedure.

Tip: Oracle recommends that you download files to a shared drive.

2 Download the following files from the “Oracle Enterprise Performance Management System” page of theOracle® E-Delivery (http://edelivery.oracle.com/) site into /download_location:

l EPM System Installer (Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance ManagementSystem Installer, Fusion Edition Release 11.1.1.3.0).

l ZIP files for the products you purchased. ZIP files include installation assemblies (productplug-in installation files for EPM System Installer).

Review the Media Pack Readme on Oracle® E-Delivery to see which ZIP files to downloaddepending on the products you purchased. (To see the Media Pack Readme, once you haveselected the media pack, click Readme.)

3 Unzip the EPM System Installer into /download_location.

If you are prompted that any files already exist, click Yes to overwrite the files.

4 Unzip the installation assemblies into the same directory (/download_location).

If you are prompted that any files or common components already exist, click Yes to overwritethe files.

The assemblies are unzipped into an /assemblies directory. If you downloaded files to multiplemachines in your deployment, on each machine, you need to unzip only the assemblies for theproducts or product components that you are installing on that machine. For information about

Downloading the Installation Files 19

http://edelivery.oracle.com/



which assemblies to use for product components, see “Component Installation By Tier andInstallation Assemblies” on page 20.

If you downloaded files to a central location, make sure you unzip the following common files.If you downloaded files to multiple machines in your deployment, on each machine in thedeployment, unzip the following common files:

l Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Installer,

Fusion Edition Release 11.1.1.3.0

l Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Foundation

Services Release 11.1.1.3.0 Part 1 of 4







Note: Even though you need the EPM-FoundationServices ZIP files on each machine in theenvironment, install Shared Services on only one machine.

5 The /assemblies directory should include a subdirectory for each product that you want to install on thismachine. Ensure that the /assemblies directory looks as follows:

assemblies/ product/ version/ assembly.dat

Note: ProductRef.inf might be in the /assemblies directory. It can remain without causingproblems.

EPM System Installer can install a product only if the installation assembly files for the productare downloaded and unzipped to the correct location.

Component Installation By Tier and Installation AssembliesUse the information in this section to help plan which ZIP files to download and which assembliesare required for EPM System product components.

Tip: Oracle recommends that you download ZIP files to a shared drive. If you follow thisrecommendation, you do not need to use the following tables to determine which ZIP filesare required for each product component.

20 Preparing for Installation

The following sections describe the components and services available for installation on eachtier (Client, Web, and Services) for each product when you install using the option “Choosecomponents individually.”

Most components and services that are installed are the same if you install using the option“Choose components by tier.”

The following components are available only if you select “Choose components individually”during installation:

l Choices for 32–bit and 64–bit for Oracle Essbase products

If you select “Choose components by tier,” EPM System Installer installs only the server forthe platform on which you are installing.

l Oracle's Hyperion® SQR® Production Reporting Remote

l Oracle Hyperion Strategic Finance, Fusion Edition Reader Client

l Strategic Finance Integration with Financial Management Services

l Strategic Finance Integration with Enterprise Service

l FDM Server Financial Management Adapter

The following tables also describe the ZIP files and installation assemblies required to installeach component.

Foundation ServicesThe following table describes the components installed on each tier for Foundation Servicesproducts and the ZIP files and installation assemblies required to install that component.

Note: The commonComponents assembly is required for all products. The tools andproductCommonComponents assemblies are required for all server and Webapplications. These assemblies are in Hyperion Enterprise PerformanceManagement System Foundation Services Release 11.1.1.3.0 Part 1 of

4 and Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System FoundationServices Release 11.1.1.3.0 Part 2 of 4.

Client Tier Web Tier Services Tier

Shared Services

Component:

l Shared Services Web Application

l OpenLDAP Service (installed withproductCommonComponentsassembly)

l HRAM (Windows only, installedautomatically with sharedServicesassembly)

Component Installation By Tier and Installation Assemblies 21


Required assemblies:

l commonComponents

l productCommonComponents

l tools

l sharedServices

Required download files:

l Hyperion Enterprise

Performance Management

System Foundation Services

Release 11.1.1.3.0 Part 1

of 4





of 4





of 4

Oracle Enterprise Performance Management Workspace, Fusion Edition

Component:

Workspace Web Application and Portlets


l commonComponents


l tools

l biplus_workspace_webapp

l workspace_configlibs

l biplus_portlets_webapp






of 4





of 4




Component:

Workspace Services and Common Libraries


l commonComponents


l tools


l biplus_core_services


l biplus_migration_utility






of 4





of 4






of 4



of 4

Oracle Hyperion Smart View for Office, Fusion Edition for Office

Component:

Smart View Client (Windows only)


l commonComponents

l svc_client






of 4





of 4

Oracle Hyperion EPM Architect, Fusion Edition

Component:

l Performance Management ArchitectBatch client

l Performance Management Architect FileGenerator (Windows only)


l commonComponents

l bpm_architect_batch_client

l bpm_architect_generator







of 4





of 4

l Oracle Hyperion Enterprise


Component:

l Performance Management ArchitectWeb Application

l Performance Management ArchitectData Synchronizer Service


l commonComponents


l tools

l bpm_architect_webapp

l bpm_architect_datasync






of 4





of 4

Component:

l Performance Management ArchitectDimension Server Service (Windowsonly)


l commonComponents


l tools

l bpm_architect_services






of 4





of 4





Architect, Fusion Edition

Release 11.1.1.3.0




Release 11.1.1.3.0


Release 11.1.1.3.0

Hyperion Calculation Manager

Component:

l Calculation Manager Web Application


l commonComponents


l tools

l calc






of 4





of 4





of 4

Common (for all product installations)

Component:

l Oracle Hyperion Planning, Fusion EditionADM driver (installed automatically)

Component:

l Populates the HYPERION_HOME/common directory


l commonComponents (required for allcomponent installations)

l productCommonComponents*

l tools (required for all Server and Web tiercomponent installations)

l essbaseProductCommonComponents








of 4





of 4

*The Configuration and Monitoring Console is installed with the productCommonComponents assembly when you select any of the following: Shared Services Web tier,EPM Workspace Web tier, EPM Workspace services tier, Oracle Hyperion Financial Reporting, Fusion Edition client tier, Financial Reporting Web tier, Financial Reportingservices tier, Oracle's Hyperion® Web Analysis Web tier.

EssbaseThe following table describes the components installed on each tier for Essbase products andthe ZIP files and installation assemblies required to install that component.




Essbase

Component:

l Essbase Client 32–bit

l Essbase Client 64–bit

(Includes Essbase API and SpreadsheetAdd-in. Note that Spreadsheet Add-in isinstalled only with the 32–bit installationand only if Microsoft Excel is installed on themachine)


l commonComponents

l essbase_client

l essbaseAddins






of 4

Component:

l Essbase Services Server 32–bit

l Essbase Services Server 64–bit


l commonComponents


l tools

l essbase_services (32–bit and 64–bit)


l essbaseAddins






of 4





l Oracle Essbase Client

Release 11.1.1.3.0



of 4


Release 11.1.1.3.0

l Oracle Essbase Server

Release 11.1.1.3.0

Oracle Essbase Administration Services

Component:

l Essbase Administration Services Client(Windows only)


l commonComponents

l essbase_administration_services_client

l essbaseAddins






of 4


Release 11.1.1.3.0

Component:

l Administration Services 32–bit WebApplication

l Administration Services 64–bit WebApplication

l Oracle's Hyperion® Business Rules(installed automatically)


l commonComponents


l tools

l essbase_administration_services_webapp

l essbaseAddins






of 4





of 4


Release 11.1.1.3.0


Release 11.1.1.3.0

Oracle Essbase Integration Services

Component:

l Essbase Integration Services Client(Windows only)


l commonComponents

l essbase_integration_services

Component:

l Essbase Integration Services 32–bit

l Essbase Integration Services 64–bit


l commonComponents




l essbaseAddins






of 4


Release 11.1.1.3.0


Release 11.1.1.3.0

l tools


l essbaseAddins






of 4





of 4


Release 11.1.1.3.0


Release 11.1.1.3.0

Oracle Hyperion Provider Services

Component:

l Provider Services Web Application


l commonComponents


l tools

l analytic_services_provider_webapp

l essbaseAddins






of 4





of 4

l Oracle Hyperion Provider

Services Release 11.1.1.3.0


Release 11.1.1.3.0

Oracle Essbase Studio

Component: Component:



Essbase Studio Client (Windows only)


l commonComponents

l essbase_studio

l essbaseAddins






of 4


Release 11.1.1.3.0

Essbase Studio Server


l commonComponents


l tools

l essbase_studio_services

l essbaseAddins






of 4





of 4


Release 11.1.1.3.0


Release 11.1.1.3.0

Oracle Hyperion Smart Search, Fusion Edition

Component:

Smart Search Web Application


l commonComponents


l tools

l essbase_smartsearch_webapp

l essbaseAddins






of 4





of 4


Release 11.1.1.3.0




Release 11.1.1.3.0

Smart View

Component:

Smart View with Oracle Essbase VisualExplorer Client (Windows only)


l commonComponents

l svchve_client






of 4


Release 11.1.1.3.0

Reporting and AnalysisThe following table describes the components installed on each tier for Reporting and Analysisproducts and the ZIP files and installation assemblies required to install that component.




Oracle's Hyperion® Interactive Reporting

Component:

l Interactive Reporting Studio Client(Windows only)

l Interactive Reporting DashboardDevelopment Services (Windows only)


l commonComponents

Component:

l Interactive Reporting Services


l commonComponents


l tools

l biplus_interactive_reporting_services




l productCommonComponents(Interactive Reporting DashboardDevelopment Services only)

l biplus_interactive_reporting_client

l biplus_dds







of 4





of 4

l Hyperion Interactive

Reporting Release 11.1.1.3.0

l biplus_configlibs






of 4





of 4





of 4

l Hyperion Interactive


Financial Reporting

Component:

Financial Reporting Studio Client (Windowsonly)


l commonComponents


l biplus_financial_reporting_client

l biplus_configlibs

l biplus_financial_reporting_common


l hfm_client, if you are using FinancialReporting with Oracle Hyperion FinancialManagement, Fusion Edition

l hfm_common, required for FinancialManagement components






of 4





of 4

Component:

Financial Reporting Web Application


l commonComponents


l tools

l biplus_financial_reporting_webapp

l biplus_configlibs



l hfm_client, if you are using FinancialReporting with Financial Management







of 4





of 4

Component:

l Financial Reporting Reports ServerService

l Financial Reporting Print Server Service(Windows only)

l Financial Reporting Scheduler ServerService


l commonComponents


l tools

l biplus_financial_reporting_services

l biplus_configlibs



l hfm_client, if you are using FinancialReporting with Financial Management







of 4



l Oracle Hyperion Financial

Reporting, Fusion Edition

Release 11.1.1.3.0


Management, Fusion Edition

Release 11.1.1.3.0



Release 11.1.1.3.0



Release 11.1.1.3.0





of 4



Release 11.1.1.3.0



Release 11.1.1.3.0

Production Reporting

Component:

(All components on client tier are Windowsonly)

l SQR Production Reporting Studio

l SQR Production Reporting Activator

l SQR Production Reporting Remote

l SQR Production Reporting Viewer


l commonComponents

l biplus_product_reporting_client

l biplus_product_reporting_common






of 4

l Hyperion SQR Production


Component:

l SQR Production Reporting DB2 Engine

l SQR Production Reporting DDO Engine

l SQR Production Reporting InformixEngine

l SQR Production Reporting ODBC Engine

l SQR Production Reporting Oracle Engine

l SQR Production Reporting SybaseEngine

l SQR Production Reporting TeradataEngine (UNIX only)


l commonComponents


l tools

l biplus_product_reporting_services








of 4





of 4

l Hyperion SQR Production


Web Analysis



Component:

Web Analysis Web Application


l commonComponents


l tools

l biplus_webanalysis_webapp

l biplus_configlibs


l hfm_client, if you are using Web Analysiswith Financial Management







of 4





of 4

l Hyperion Web Analysis

Release 11.1.1.3.0



Release 11.1.1.3.0

Financial Performance Management ApplicationsThe following table describes the components installed on each tier for Financial PerformanceManagement Applications products and the ZIP files and installation assemblies required toinstall that component.





Planning

Component:

l Planning Off-line Client


l commonComponents

l offlinePlanning






of 4

l Oracle Hyperion Planning,

Fusion Edition Release 11.1.

1.3.0

Component:

Planning Web Application


l commonComponents

l planning


l tools

l rmi


l essbase_services






of 4





of 4

l Oracle Hyperion Planning,


1.3.0


Release 11.1.1.3.0

Financial Management (All components are Windows only)

Component:

l Financial Management Client

l Financial Management SampleApplications

l Financial Management ADM Driver


l commonComponents

l hfm_client

l hfm_common






of 4

Component:

l Financial Management WebApplications

l Financial Management Smart ViewProvider


l commonComponents


l tools

l hfm_webapp

l hfm_common





Component:

l Financial Management ApplicationServer


l commonComponents


l tools

l hfm_services

l hfm_common






of 4





Release 11.1.1.3.0


of 4





of 4



Release 11.1.1.3.0





of 4



Release 11.1.1.3.0

Oracle Hyperion Performance Scorecard, Fusion Edition

Component:

l Performance Scorecard Web ReportsWeb Application

l Performance Scorecard Alerter WebApplication

l Performance Scorecard ETL WebApplication


l commonComponents


l tools

l hps_webapp







of 4





of 4

l Oracle Hyperion Performance

Scorecard, Fusion Edition

Release 11.1.1.3.0

Strategic Finance (All components are Windows only)

Component:

l Strategic Finance Client

l Strategic Finance Reader Client

l Strategic Finance Integration withFinancial Management (Client)*

Component:

l Strategic Finance Web Services


l commonComponents


Component:

l Strategic Finance Service

l Strategic Finance Integration withFinancial Management (Service)‡

l Strategic Finance Integration withEnterprise (Service)d



l Strategic Finance Integration withEnterprise (Client)†


l commonComponents

l productCommonComponents (StrategicFinance Integration with FinancialManagement only)

l tools (Strategic Finance Integration withFinancial Management only)

l hsf_client

l hsf_reader_client

l essbaseProductCommonComponents(Strategic Finance Client and StrategicFinance Integration with FinancialManagement only)






of 4





of 4

l Oracle Hyperion Strategic

Finance, Fusion Edition

Release 11.1.1.3.0

l tools

l hsf_server






of 4





of 4



Release 11.1.1.3.0

Note: Strategic Finance integration withEssbase and Planning is automaticallyinstalled.


l commonComponents


l tools

l hsf_server

l essbaseProductCommonComponents(required only for Strategic FinanceService and Strategic FinanceIntegration with Financial ManagementServices)






of 4





of 4



Release 11.1.1.3.0

Oracle Hyperion Profitability and Cost Management, Fusion Edition

Component:

Profitability Web Application


l commonComponents


l tools

l hpm







of 4







of 4

l Oracle Hyperion

Profitability and Cost


Release 11.1.1.3.0

*You must also install the Financial Management client.†You must first install the Enterprise client.‡You must also install the Financial Management client.dYou must first install the Enterprise client.

Data ManagementThe following table describes the components installed on each tier for Data Managementproducts and the ZIP files and installation assemblies required to install that component.




Oracle Hyperion Financial Data Quality Management, Fusion Edition (All components are Windows only)

Component:

FDM Workbench Client


l commonComponents


l fdm






of 4




Component:

FDM Web Application


l commonComponents


l tools

l fdm






of 4



Component:

l FDM Load Balancer

l FDM Task Manager

l FDM Server


l commonComponents


l tools

l fdm






of 4




of 4


Data Quality Management,


1.3.0



of 4




1.3.0





of 4




1.3.0

For any adapters you are licensed to use,download the required adapters:

l Oracle Hyperion Financial Data QualityManagement Adapter Suite, FusionEdition Release 11.1.1.3.0

l Oracle Hyperion Financial Data QualityManagement Source Adapter for SAPRelease 11.1.1.3.0

l Oracle Hyperion Financial Data QualityManagement Adapter for FinancialManagement, Fusion Edition

Oracle Hyperion Financial Data Quality Management ERP Integration Adapter for Oracle Applications

Component:

Performance Manager Integrator WebApplication


l commonComponents


l tools

l aif







of 4





of 4


Data Quality Management ERP

Integration Adapter for

Oracle Applications Release

11.1.1.3.0


Download File ContentsThe following table describes the contents of each download file on E-Delivery. Use this tableto help plan your EPM System installation, if necessary.

Tip: To see the ZIP file name for each download file, see E-Delivery.

Table 3 Download File Contents

ZIP File Name Assemblies

Oracle Hyperion Provider Services Release 11.1.1.3.0l analytic_provider_services_webapp

l essbaseAddins

Oracle Hyperion Profitability and Cost Management, Fusion EditionRelease 11.1.1.3.0

l hpm

Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management Architect,Fusion Edition Release 11.1.1.3.0

l bpm_architect_batch_client

l bpm_architect_datasync

l bpm_architect_generator

l bpm_architect_services

l bpm_architect_webapp

Oracle Hyperion Financial Reporting, Fusion Edition Release11.1.1.3.0

l biplus_configlibs

l biplus_financial_reporting_client


l biplus_financial_reporting_services

l biplus_financial_reporting_webapp

Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System FoundationServices Release 11.1.1.3.0 Part 1 of 4

l commonComponents




l tools



l biplus_migration_utility

l biplus_portlets_webapp

l biplus_workspace_webapp


l calc


l sharedServices

l svc_client

Hyperion Interactive Reporting Release 11.1.1.3.0l biplus_configlibs

l biplus_dds

l biplus_interactive_reporting_client



l biplus_interactive_reporting_services

Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management SystemInstaller, Fusion Edition Release 11.1.1.3.0

l N/A. Contains EPM System Installer

Oracle Essbase Client Release 11.1.1.3.0l essbase_administration_services_client

l essbase_client

l essbase_studio

l essbaseAddins

l svchve_client

Oracle Essbase Server Release 11.1.1.3.0l essbase_administration_services_webapp


l essbase_services

l essbase_smartsearch_webapp

l essbase_studio_services

l essbaseAddins

Oracle Hyperion Financial Data Quality Management, Fusion EditionRelease 11.1.1.3.0

l fdm

Oracle Hyperion Financial Data Quality Management Adapter Suite,Fusion Edition Release 11.1.1.3.0

l N/A

Oracle Hyperion Financial Data Quality Management SourceAdapter for SAP Release 11.1.1.3.0

l N/A

Oracle Hyperion Financial Data Quality Management Adapter forFinancial Management, Fusion Edition

l N/A

Oracle Hyperion Financial Data Quality Management ERP IntegrationAdapter for Oracle Applications Release 11.1.1.3.0

l aif

Oracle Hyperion Financial Management, Fusion Edition Release11.1.1.3.0

l hfm_client

l hfm_common

l hfm_services

l hfm_webapp

Oracle Hyperion Performance Scorecard, Fusion Edition Release11.1.1.3.0

l hps_webapp

Oracle Hyperion Strategic Finance, Fusion Edition Release11.1.1.3.0

l hsf_client

l hsf_reader_client

l hsf_server

Oracle Hyperion Planning, Fusion Edition Release 11.1.1.3.0l offlinePlanning

l planning

l rmi

Hyperion SQR Production Reporting Release 11.1.1.3.0l biplus_product_reporting_client




l biplus_product_reporting_services

Oracle Hyperion Smart View for Office, Fusion Edition Release11.1.1.3.0

l N/A. Contains Smart View installer.

Hyperion Web Analysis Release 11.1.1.3.0l biplus_configlibs

l biplus_webanalysis_webapp


3Installing EPM System Products

In This Chapter

Installation Sequence ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

Characters Supported for Installation and Configuration... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Installing EPM System Products .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Performing Silent Installations ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Installing Additional Instances of Essbase Server .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

Installation SequenceEPM System Installer enables you to install, configure, and deploy multiple products on amachine at one time. EPM System Installer installs components in the correct order, so you canselect as many products as you want to install on a machine at one time.

Before installing products, see “Installation Planning Checklist” in Oracle Hyperion EnterprisePerformance Management System Installation Start Here and review the system requirements inthe Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Certification Matrix (http://www.oracle.com/technology/products/bi/hyperion-supported-platforms.html).

Review the Media Pack Readme on Oracle® E-Delivery to see which products are required oroptional for use with your products.

You can also install Smart View from a standalone executable. See Oracle Hyperion Smart Viewfor Office User's Guide and the Oracle Hyperion Smart View for Office Readme.

Note: If you want to install Essbase in standalone mode (not using Shared Services), you canskip the installation for Shared Services. However, you must configure the Oracle'sHyperion Shared Services Registry database. To configure the Shared Services Registrydatabase without installing Shared Services, see “Setting Up the Shared Services RegistryWithout Installing Shared Services” on page 112.

The following EPM System products are not installed and configured using EPM SystemInstaller:

l Oracle's Hyperion® Data Integration Management

If you are installing Data Integration Management, see the Hyperion Data IntegrationManagement Installation Guide.

Installation Sequence 41




l Data Integration Management Adapters.

If you are installing Data Integration Management Adapters, see the Hyperion DataIntegration Management Installation Guide.

l Oracle Hyperion Data Relationship Management, Fusion Edition

If you are installing Data Relationship Management, see the Oracle Hyperion DataRelationship Management Installation Guide.

Installation PrerequisitesNote the following installation prerequisites.

l If you are applying the maintenance release to move from EPM System release 11.1.1.0,11.1.1.1, or 11.1.1.2 to EPM System Release 11.1.1.3, or if you are reinstalling EPM Systemproducts, you must first stop all the services for EPM System products.

l If you plan to install the Strategic Finance Integration with Enterprise, you must install theEnterprise client first.

l If you plan to use SSL in a UNIX environment, before you install and configure EPM System,download and install the Apache 2.2.8 binaries that support SSL. During EPM Workspaceconfiguration, select the SSL-capable Apache installation instead of the default EPM Systeminstallation. See “Configure EPM Workspace Web Server” on page 88.

l If you are using Planning in a Redhat or Oracle Enterprise Linux environment and you areusing Simplified Chinese, you must specify LANG=zh_CN.GB18030 (instead ofLANG=zh_CN.utf8) in one of two ways:

m In the OS system locale variable (if you have not already set it) before you install andconfigure Planning

m In setCustomParamsHyperionPlanning.sh after you install and configurePlanning

Upgrade Installation PrerequisitesIf you are upgrading from a previous release, note the following installation prerequisites.

l Uninstall FDM, and then reboot the machine.

l If your installation of Integration Services is earlier than Release 9.3, you must manuallyuninstall that release before using EPM System Installer to install Release 11.1.1.x.

If the Windows service for Integration Services does not work after you install Release11.1.1.x, reboot the machine on which the Integration Services service is running.

l Stop all the services for EPM System products.

l If you are upgrading Performance Management Architect, see “Performance ManagementArchitect Upgrade Installation Prerequisites” on page 43.

l Note that ERP Integrator does not support Oracle Application Server. Also note that allproducts that are accessible from EPM Workspace must be deployed to the same Web

42 Installing EPM System Products

application server to which EPM Workspace is deployed. Thus, if your previous EPM Systemdeployment used Oracle Application Server, and you want to install ERP Integrator, youmust redeploy your existing installation to a commonly-supported Web application server(Oracle WebLogic Server).

Performance Management Architect Upgrade Installation Prerequisites

ä Before you upgrade Performance Management Architect, perform the following tasks:

1 Perform a database backup.

2 Allow enough space for the database to double in size.

Note: If the upgrade is unsuccessful, there may be inconsistencies and you must begin theupgrade process again using the database backup.

Characters Supported for Installation and ConfigurationThe following characters are supported during installation and configuration with EPM SystemInstaller and EPM System Configurator.

Table 4 Characters Supported for Installation and Configuration

Fields Supported Characters Blocked Characters

PATH Alphanumeric, dash (-), underscores(_), periods ( . ), and tildes (~). Tildesare supported only on MicrosoftWindows.

All others

Host name Alphanumeric, dash (-), dot(.), andunderscores (_)

All others

User name Alphanumeric characters includingnon-English (extended and double-byte) characters, except for theblocked characters

+ . * / # [ ] { } ( ) ; : , @ ! “

Clusters, database names, and othergeneral fields such as DSN names

Alphanumeric characters includingnon-English (extended and double-byte) characters, except for theblocked characters

+ . - * \ / # [ ] { } ( ) ; : , @ ! “

Installing EPM System ProductsYou can install EPM System products in any of the following ways: using the graphical userinterface, using the console mode interface, or with no interaction using a silent modeinstallation response file.

When you install EPM System products, you choose which type of installation to perform:

Characters Supported for Installation and Configuration 43

l New installation

l Upgrade from a previous release

l Apply maintenance release

l Re-install this release

For each type of installation, you can choose whether to install EPM System products by tier orby individual component. Select “Choose components by tier” to install all the productcomponents for the selected products by tier (Client, Web application, and Services). You stillhave the option to specify installation location and the products to install. If you want morecontrol over which services and components are installed for each product component, select“Choose components individually.” Oracle recommends that you install EPM System productsby tier. See Appendix A, “What Happens During Installation.”

Note: On Windows machines, run EPM System Installer and EPM System Configurator as anadministrator. Install and configure as the same user for all EPM System products.

Note: On UNIX machines, do not use the root user to install and configure. Install andconfigure as the same user for all EPM System products. If you are using OracleApplication Server, you must install and configure EPM System products using the sameuser you used to install Oracle Application Server. If you have installed any other Oracleproducts, the user that will be installing EPM System products must be part of the samegroup as the user who installed the other Oracle products. For example, both users mustbe part of oinstall. If you are upgrading EPM System products, follow this requirementeven if you used multiple users to install components in previous releases.

Upgrade Note!

If you are upgrading from a previous release, stop all services related to the products you areinstalling before you install. Use EPM System Installer and EPM System Configurator to upgradeproducts on each machine in your deployment.

ä To install EPM System products:

1 Choose a method:

l (Windows) Double-click installTool.cmd in the root directory to which you extractedthe EPM System Installer files.

l (Windows) From a Windows console, change to the root directory to which you extractedthe EPM System Installer files and enter installTool.cmd -console.

l Create a silent installation response file. See “Performing Silent Installations” on page 54.

l (UNIX) Change to the root directory to which you extracted the EPM System Installer filesand type ./installTool.sh.

l (UNIX) Change to the root directory to which you extracted the EPM System Installer filesand type ./installTool.sh -console.

EPM System Installer launches.


Tip: The first page of EPM System Installer might open hidden behind other windows if younavigate away from the EPM System Installer window or try to reposition the initialwindow. Press Alt+Tab to switch to the first page of the wizard.

2 Select a language.

Throughout EPM System Installer, if a component is not available for installation in the languageyou selected, it is shaded in color and marked with an asterisk (*).

3 Review and complete each page of EPM System Installer, clicking or selecting Next to move to the next page.

The following table provides links where you can find more details about each page of EPMSystem Installer.

Table 5 EPM System Installer Pages

Page Reference

Welcome “Welcome” on page 45

Destination “Destination” on page 46

Installation Type “Installation Type” on page 47

Product Selection “Product Selection” on page 48

Upgrade Homes “Upgrade Homes” on page 51

Confirmation “Confirmation” on page 52

Progress “Progress” on page 53

Summary “Summary” on page 53

4 When installation is complete, click Configure to configure the products using EPM System Configurator, orclick Finish to close EPM System Installer.

For more information about configuring Hyperion products, see Chapter 4, “Configuring EPMSystem Products.”

After you install and configure the products, start the services as described in Chapter 5, “Startingand Stopping EPM System Products.” You can then use EPM System Diagnostics to validatethat the installation was successful and that the components are communicating. See Chapter 6,“Validating the Installation.”

Welcome

ä Review the prerequisites carefully before you continue the installation. When you haveconfirmed that your system meets the prerequisites to run EPM System Installer, click Next tocontinue the installation.

EPM System Installer checks whether your system has a supported operating system and meetsminimum memory requirements to run the installation, and whether the user installing hasadministrator privileges. EPM System Installer also attempts to discover the computer host

Installing EPM System Products 45

name. Depending on how the computer is configured, the computer host name might resolveto an IP address. If the machine host name resolves to an IP address, EPM System Installerprovides a warning. Oracle recommends that you resolve this issue and provide a host nameinstead of an IP address before proceeding.

A check mark indicates that your system meets EPM System Installer prerequisites. If any of theprerequisite items do not display a check mark, and you choose to continue, the installationmight not succeed.

Tip: If you are using a hosts file to resolve your hostname, the host name resolves to the firstentry in your hosts file. To prevent potential communication problems in a distributedenvironment, make sure that the first entry in your hosts file is the machine's fully qualifieddomain name so that the fully qualified name is stored in the Shared Services Registry.

Destination

ä Specify the destination for the installation location, or browse to a location and select it, andthen click Next.

If you are reinstalling EPM System products on this machine, adding products to yourinstallation, or applying the maintenance release, the existing location for the Hyperion homedirectory is listed as the default installation destination, and you cannot change it.

Caution! The destination path cannot contain spaces; for example, c:\Program Files isnot acceptable (unless you use short path notation).

The destination you specify becomes the Hyperion home directory. See “About the HyperionHome Directory” on page 16. Ensure that this destination has enough disk space to install allthe products that you want to install on this machine. You select an installation destination andHyperion home directory for each machine in your environment.

See Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Installation Start Here for diskspace requirements.

Note: If you previously used EPM System Installer, and you saved the installation selections toa file, you can load the selections to prepopulate the installation destination and theproducts to install. Doing so is useful if you are installing the same products on multiplemachines. Click Load, browse to the saved selections file, and click Open.

Upgrade Note!

If you are upgrading EPM System products on this machine, the existing location for theHyperion home directory is listed as the default installation destination, and you cannot changeit.


Installation Type

ä Select an installation type, and then click Next. If an installation type is not applicable on thismachine, the option is unavailable.

Choose from the following installation types:

l “New installation”

Choose this option if you are installing an EPM System product for the first time on thiscomputer, or if you are installing an additional instance of Essbase Server.

When you install an additional instance of Essbase Server, the Essbase installation directoryis appended with –n for subsequent installations. See “Installing Additional Instances ofEssbase Server” on page 56.

Choose this option if you want to install additional components that you did not initiallyinstall.

If the “New Installation” option is not available, your machine might have an improperlydeleted previous version of EPM System products. Search for and renamevpd.properties (usually in the /windows directory for Windows or $HOME for UNIX)on the machine. For additional troubleshooting tips, see Oracle Hyperion EnterprisePerformance Management System Installation and Configuration Troubleshooting Guide.

l “Upgrade from a previous release”

Choose this option if you have a previous version of this EPM System product installed.

If you are upgrading, you must first stop all EPM System services. See “Upgrade InstallationPrerequisites” on page 42.

l “Apply maintenance release”

Choose this option if you already installed release 11.1.1.x. This release provides amaintenance release for release 11.1.1.x.

If you are applying the maintenance release, you must first stop all EPM System services.

If you are applying the maintenance release to only some products in your deployment, see“Release Compatibility” in the Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management SystemInstallation Start Here.

l “Re-install this release”

Choose this option if you already installed this version of this EPM System product and wantto reinstall it, for example if you need to repair an existing installation.

If you are reinstalling EPM System products, you must first stop all EPM System services.

If you installed multiple instances of Essbase Server, you can reinstall only the first instance.If you need to reinstall a subsequent instance of Essbase Server, you must first uninstall it.

Note: You cannot combine installation types in one session. For example, you cannot performa new installation of one product at the same time you perform a reinstallation of anotherproduct.


For each type of installation, you can choose one of the following options:

l Select “Choose Components By Tier” if you want to install all the components, by tier, forthe selected products. You still have the option to specify installation location and theproducts to install. This is the simplest path, and is recommended unless you want tocustomize the installation.

If multiple instances of Essbase are installed, you can only reinstall the first instance.

l Select “Choose Components Individually” if you want more control over which services andcomponents are installed for each product component.

See Appendix A, “What Happens During Installation” for more information about what isinstalled for each type of installation. Some components are available only if you select “ChooseComponents Individually.”

Upgrade Note!

If you are upgrading existing EPM System products on a machine and the option to “Upgradefrom a previous release” is not available, create an override file. See Oracle Hyperion EnterprisePerformance Management System Installation and Configuration Troubleshooting Guide.

Product Selection

ä If you selected Choose Components By Tier, select the tier or tiers, products, and componentsto install, and then click Next. If you selected Choose Components Individually, select theproducts and product components to install, and then click Next.

For information about what is installed on each tier, see “Component Installation By Tier andInstallation Assemblies” on page 20.

Generally, you can install any combination of components on any computer. Note the followingabout product selection:

l Products are available for installation only if the assemblies are downloaded to the correctlocation and the selected component is supported on the platform on which you areinstalling. If a product is unavailable on the Product Selection page, ensure that theassemblies are in the correct location. See Chapter 2, “Preparing for Installation.” ForTroubleshooting tips, see Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management SystemInstallation and Configuration Troubleshooting Guide

l Select a product component to see information and status about it in the lower portion ofthe screen. If Microsoft Internet Information Server (IIS) is required for your installation,and it is not installed, a warning is noted in the lower portion of the screen, and you cannotproceed until you install IIS. If you are installing on an unsupported platform, a warning isdisplayed.

l You can install only Smart View Client or Smart View with Visual Explorer Client, not both,at the same time.

l If you selected “New Installation,” and you have already installed this release of a product,the product is unavailable in the Product Selection page, except for Essbase. (You can install


multiple instances of Essbase. See “Installing Additional Instances of Essbase Server” on page56.)

l In some cases, a component is selected, but is unavailable (you can't deselect it), because itis required for another selected component.

l You cannot install 32-bit components on a 64-bit system on which 64-bit components arealready installed. You must install the 32-bit components on another system or install all ofthe 32-bit components on a 32-bit system. Specifically FDM (32-bit) and Strategic Finance(32-bit) cannot be deployed on the same computer where Financial Management (64-bit)and Performance Management Architect (64-bit) are deployed. On 32-bit platforms, allEPM System products can co-exist.

Upgrade Note!

l If you selected “Upgrade From a Previous Release,” and you have already installed orupgraded to this release of a product, that product is unavailable in the Product Selectionpage.

l If you selected “Upgrade From a Previous Release,” the Product Selection page displays theversion number next to a previous release of a product that you are upgrading, or displays“Unknown” if EPM System Configurator cannot determine the version number.

l If your product is deployed with Foundation Services, you must upgrade all FoundationServices products.

l You must upgrade all Reporting and Analysis products, if applicable to your deployment.

l For client tier components of Performance Management Architect, you must choose “NewInstallation,” even if you are upgrading from a previous release of Performance ManagementArchitect. The client components were not available in previous releases, so they are notavailable when you choose “Upgrade From a Previous Release.”

l You cannot upgrade from a 32–bit version of a product to a 64–bit version of the sameproduct. To install the 64–bit version of the product, you must select “New Installation.”


Figure 1 Choose Components By Tier

The following table describes the options if you select “Choose Components by Tier.”

Table 6 Choose Components By Tier Installation Options

Action Details

To install by tier,select thedeployment tier toinstall — Client, Webapp, or Services.

EPM System Installer automatically selects all product components available for installationon the selected tier. Components are available for installation if you downloaded the installationassemblies and extracted them to the proper /assemblies directory. The EPM SystemInstaller automatically selects any required components for the selected product.

Clear any productsthat you do not wantto install for theselected tier.

You can choose to install all the products you want on a particular machine at one time. EPMSystem Installer installs them in the correct order.

EPM System Installer prompts you if a dependent component must be selected.

Note: A component with a version number or “Re-install” next to it indicates that it has alreadybeen installed. Select a different installation type to install the component (reinstall orupgrade).

Tip: Click a cell to see a description of your selection in the box at the bottom of the window.

Clear thedeployment tiersthat you do not wantto install on thismachine.

When you deselect a tier, EPM System Installer deselects all products and components for thattier.

Hide/Showunavailableproducts.

To see only products for which installation assemblies are available, select “Hide UnavailableProducts.”

To see all products, select “Show Unavailable Products.”


Figure 2 Choose Components Individually

The following table describes the options if you select “Choose Components Individually.”

Table 7 Choose Components Individually Installation Options

Action Details

Select the products andproduct components toinstall.

You can expand and collapse the entries to select or clear specific options for eachproduct and component.

Uncheck all / Check all Select “Check all” to select all the products, or “Uncheck all” to clear all the products.

Hide/Show unavailableproducts.

To see only products for which installation assemblies are available, select “HideUnavailable Products.”

To see all products, select “Show Unavailable Products.”

If you are installing additional instances of Essbase, see “Installing Additional Instances ofEssbase Server” on page 56.

Upgrade HomesThis page is displayed only if you are upgrading from a previous release. If you are not upgrading,skip this section.

Upgrade Note!

ä If you selected Upgrade from a previous release:

1 Review the existing installation locations of the previous release for each product that you are upgrading.Make a change if necessary by clicking the Browse button and navigating to the installation location youwant.

For Reporting and Analysis, the product home can be a comma-separated list.


EPM System Installer finds information about previous releases from the vpd.properties file.(For FDM and Smart View, EPM System Installer finds this information in the Windows registryinstead.)

2 Specify whether you want EPM System Installer to uninstall previous releases of the software. Selecting thisoption removes previous versions of the software but retains data and configuration files. It also removesStart menu items from the previous release. Oracle recommends that you select this option.

If you are upgrading multiple instances of Essbase on one machine, only one instance is shownin the Upgrade Homes page. To upgrade a different instance, click Browse for the Essbaseproduct home and browse to the Essbase instance that you want to upgrade. To upgrade morethan one Essbase instance, run EPM System Installer multiple times, selecting a different Essbaseproduct home each time.

Figure 3 Upgrade Homes

Confirmation

ä Review the summary of products to be installed. If necessary, click Back and make corrections.Click Next to begin the installation.

EPM System Installer warns you if there is insufficient disk space.

The Install Type column notes one of the following:

l “Install” if this is a new installation.

l “Upgrade” if this installation is an upgrade from a previous release of EPM System products.

l “Re-install” if this is a reinstallation of the same release of this EPM System product.

l “Maintenance” if this is a maintenance installation to move from EPM System productsRelease 11.1.1.0, 11.1.1.1, or 11.1.1.2 to Release 11.1.1.3.


To save your installation selections to perform the same installation on another computer, orto use as the basis for a response file for silent installation, see “Saving Installation Selections”on page 53.

Saving Installation SelectionsIf you plan to install this same set of components to the same named Hyperion home directorylocation on another computer, you can save the installation selections in a file. You can thenload the selections on another computer during installation to prepopulate EPM System Installerpages for Destination and Product Selection.

ä To save the installation selections, click Save, browse to a location, specify a file name, and clickSave.

This procedure creates an editable file that can be used as the basis for a response file for silentinstallation. For information about using a response file, see “Loading Saved Selections” on page55.

Progress

ä To cancel the installation, click Cancel.

EPM System Installer starts to display the progress indicator after it has prepared the list ofassemblies to install. This might take several minutes, depending on how many products youselected. EPM System Installer displays progress incrementally as each assembly's installation iscomplete.

When you click Cancel, EPM System Installer waits until the current assembly completesinstalling and then stops. It does not undo installations for assemblies that were already installed.Use EPM System Uninstaller to remove assemblies that were installed. See Chapter 11,“Uninstalling EPM System.”

Note: “Creating Oracle Inventory” sets up infrastructure for future service fixes.

Summary

ä Review the installation summary, and then click Configure to launch EPM System Configuratoror click Finish to close EPM System Installer.

EPM System Installer indicates the success or failure of the installation. If any part of theinstallation failed, EPM System Installer notes which assembly failed to install. Check the logfiles for more information about the errors. You can find the log files in HYPERION_HOME/logs/install. There is a log file for each assembly, named product-install.log; forexample, hss-install.log.


For more information about configuring EPM System products, see Chapter 4, “ConfiguringEPM System Products.”

After you install and configure the products, start the services as described in Chapter 5, “Startingand Stopping EPM System Products.” You can then use EPM System Diagnostics to validatethat the installation was successful and that the components are communicating. See Chapter 6,“Validating the Installation”.

Performing Silent InstallationsSilent installations automate the installation process so that you can install EPM System productson multiple computers without manually specifying installation settings on each machine.

Note: You can also perform a silent installation if you are applying a maintenance release or ifyou are upgrading.

To enable silent installation, record your installation settings in a response file. You can thenrun a silent installation from the command line, using the installation options that were savedin the response file.

ä To record installation settings and run a silent installation:

1 Navigate to the directory that contains EPM System Installer.

2 From a command line, run a command:

installTool.cmd -record filename

for Windows or

installTool.sh -record filename

for UNIX,

where filename includes an absolute path or file name for the response file.

The file is saved in XML format, but you do not have to save the file with a .xml extension.

EPM System Installer launches.

Tip: The first page of EPM System Installer might open hidden behind other windows (if younavigate away from the EPM System Installer window, or try to reposition the initialwindow). Press Alt+Tab to switch to the first page of the wizard.

3 Proceed through EPM System Installer, specifying the options that you want to record. For additionalinformation about installation options, see “Installing EPM System Products” on page 43.

Installation options are recorded in the response file, which is in XML format. You can modifythe response file later to change installation options.

You are now ready to run the installation in silent mode.


4 Copy the response file to the machine on which you want to run the installation. You can also copy the fileto a network drive that is accessible from the machines on which you want to install.

5 From the command line, enter a command:

installtool.cmd -silent filename

for Windows or

installtool.sh -silent filename

for UNIX.

The installation runs in the background.

Note: Silent response files are not compatible between EPM System Release 11.1.1.0, Release11.1.1.1, and 11.1.1.2. If you created silent response files for use with EPM System Release11.1.1.0 or 11.1.1.1, you must re-create them for use with EPM System Release 11.1.1.2.If you are applying the maintenance release to go to Release 11.1.1.3, you need to re-createsilent response files only if you are installing ERP Integrator.

Loading Saved SelectionsYou can also record installation settings from within EPM System Installer.

ä To record installation settings, during installation, on the Installation Confirmation page, clickSave, browse to a location, specify a file name, and click Save. The file is saved in the same formatas for silent installations.

ä To play back the installation using the same installation destination and product componentselections, start EPM System Installer, and on the Destination page, click Load, browse to thesaved selections file, and click Open.

Modifying Response FilesAfter you create a response file, you can modify it to customize the installation options for certainmachines. For example, you might create a master silent file for all products, and then for eachmachine, change the location of the Hyperion home directory and keep only the productcomponents you want to install on this machine.

ä To modify a response file:

1 Open the response file in any text editor. The file is in XML format.

2 Edit the file using the following options.

l <HyperionHome>—Location of the Hyperion home directory.

l <SelectedProducts>—Product components to install to specific tiers. Make changes in<Product name>, <ProductComponent name>, <InstallTier>, and <Component>.

Performing Silent Installations 55

l <Product name>—The name of the product. Enclose product names in quotes, as theyare XML attributes.

l <ProductComponent name>—The component of the product. Enclose component namesin quotes, because they are XML attributes.

l <InstallTier>—The installation tier for the component installation (Client, Service,WebApplication).

l <Component> — The services to install.

3 Save the file in XML format.

Installing Additional Instances of Essbase ServerYou can install multiple instances of Essbase Server on one computer. Additional instances areinstalled in the same Hyperion home directory and share the same Shared Services. Completethe installation and configuration of the first instance before you proceed.

To install an additional instance of Essbase Server, choose New Installation in EPM SystemInstaller. The destination directory for the installation is updated with –n. For example, if thefirst instance of Essbase Server is installed in HYPERION_HOME/products/essbase, the secondinstallation directory is HYPERION_HOME/products/essbase-2.

Note: The additional installation is a separate installation of Essbase Server and does not sharethe security configuration or objects of other Essbase Server installations on the samecomputer.

When multiple instances of Essbase Server are installed on one computer, you must specify adifferent port number and port range for each instance. By default, the first instance of EssbaseServer uses port number 1423, which you specify in EPM System Configurator. Specify adifferent port number and port range for each additional instance during configuration withEPM System Configurator. See “Configuring and Starting an Additional Instance of EssbaseServer” on page 96.


4Configuring EPM System

Products

In This Chapter

About EPM System Configurator.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57

Satisfying Initial Requirements ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58

Configuration Sequence... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

Product Configuration Task Summary ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

Using EPM System Configurator .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

Performing Silent Configurations ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Setting Up the Shared Services Registry Without Installing Shared Services ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

What Happens During Configuration ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Troubleshooting Configuration ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

About EPM System ConfiguratorEPM System Configurator is installed with the first EPM System product installed on a computerand is used to configure all products installed on the computer. Use EPM System Configuratoron each computer to which EPM System products are installed. (The Client tier does not requireconfiguration.)

EPM System Configurator provides these tasks for configuration and reconfiguration of EPMSystem products. Not all tasks are required for all products.

l “Configure Database” for Shared Services—the database that you configure for SharedServices, which holds the Shared Services Registry.

l “Common Settings”—EPM System Configurator displays the Common Settings page onceon each machine you configure.

l “Configure Product Options”—To comply with your license agreement, select the productfeatures that you are authorized to use.

l “Configure Database” for products—To store and retrieve application data in a database.

l “Deploy to Application Server”—To deploy the application to a Web application server.

l Product-specific configuration tasks for products that require it.

Note: EPM System Configurator also registers products with Shared Services duringconfiguration. You do not need to select this task; all products that require it areautomatically registered.

About EPM System Configurator 57

Use the configuration worksheets throughout this chapter to plan your configuration and todocument the configuration steps for your company if required for disaster recovery.

EPM System Configurator creates a preprovisioned user called admin that enables you to logon to Shared Services after configuration using admin/password to create and provision users.Oracle recommends that you change this password immediately in Oracle's Hyperion® SharedServices Console.

About the Shared Services RegistryThe Shared Services Registry is part of the database that you configure for Shared Services.Created the first time you configure EPM System products, the Shared Services Registrysimplifies configuration by storing and re-using the following information for most EPM Systemproducts that you install:

l Initial configuration values such as database settings and deployment settings

l The computer names, ports, servers, and URLs you use to implement multiple, integrated,Hyperion products and components

l Dependent service data

Configuration changes you make for one product are automatically applied to other productsused in the deployment.

You can view and manage the contents of the Shared Services Registry using LifecycleManagement in the Shared Services Console. See Oracle Hyperion Enterprise PerformanceManagement System Lifecycle Management Guide.

Upgrade Note!

When you upgrade from a previous release of EPM System products, EPM System Configuratorupdates the Shared Services Registry for products that you upgrade. If you are not upgrading allof the EPM System products in your deployment, see Chapter 8, “Upgrading EPM SystemProducts” for important information about editing the Shared Services Registry to enable useof mixed product releases.

Satisfying Initial RequirementsThe following table describes the tasks to perform if you are using EPM System Configuratorfor the first time.

Table 8 Configuration Requirements

Task Reference

Satisfy system andproduct-specificrequirements.

System requirements in the Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management SystemCertification Matrix (http://www.oracle.com/technology/products/bi/hyperion-supported-platforms.html) and “Installation Planning Checklist” in Oracle Hyperion EnterprisePerformance Management System Installation Start Here

58 Configuring EPM System Products



Task Reference

Gather theinformation you needto configureproducts.

“Using EPM System Configurator” on page 67

Install a Javaapplication serverand a Web server ifrequired for yourproduct.

Application server documentation, and additional information in Oracle Hyperion EnterprisePerformance Management System Installation Start Here

Prepare a relationaldatabase to use forstorage.

Relational database documentation, and additional information in Oracle Hyperion EnterprisePerformance Management System Installation Start Here

Upgrade Configuration Prerequisites

Upgrade Note!

Note the following prerequisites if you are upgrading.

l If you are upgrading from a previous release, and you manually deployed EPM Systemproducts using Oracle Application Server, you must manually undeploy all products beforeyou start EPM System Configurator.

l If you are upgrading Planning Release 9.2.x in a UNIX environment, copy theHspJSHome.properties and HBRServer.properties files from your currentinstallation to HYPERION_HOME/products/Planning/config before you configure.

l If you are upgrading from WebSphere 6.0.x to WebSphere 6.1, you must migrate applicationenvironments. See “WebSphere Upgrade Configuration Prerequisites” on page 59.

WebSphere Upgrade Configuration PrerequisitesIf you are upgrading EPM System products from Release 9.3.x, and you are also upgrading fromWebSphere 6.0.x to WebSphere 6.1.x, you must perform the following procedure to migrateapplication environments after you install EPM System products and before you configure themwith EPM System Configurator.

ä To migrate the WebSphere application environment:

1 Leave the existing profile located in HYPERION_HOME/deployments/WebSphere6 as is.

2 Edit the WebSphere properties file — in HYPERION_HOME/common/config/9.5.0.0/resources/websphere/resources/websphere.properties — to change thedeployment.dir property to a new, different directory.

3 Run the WebSphere profile creation script manually, pointing to the directory you specified in the previousstep.

Satisfying Initial Requirements 59

For example, if the new directory name you specified is ./deployments/WAS61, run thefollowing script:

WAS61_HOME/bin/manageprofiles.sh -create -profileName hyslProfile -profilePath /deployments/WAS61/profile -templatePath "WAS_HOME\profileTemplates\default" -nodeName hyslNode -cellName hyslCell -hostName hitqew2k3-7 -portsFile hyphome/common/config/9.5.0.0/resources/websphere/resources/profile-portsdef.props

4 Perform a migration from the previous profile to the new profile.

For example:

WAS61_HOME/bin/WASPreUpgrade.sh <BACKUP_DIR> <WAS60_HOME>

WAS61_HOME/bin/WASPostUpgrade.sh <BACKUP_DIR> -profileName hyslProfile

After you configure EPM System products using EPM System Configurator, new applicationsare deployed to the new WebSphere 6.1.x profile. Applications for EPM System products thatyou do not upgrade are also in the new WebSphere 6.1.x profile.

Note: The folder for the previous profile (for example, HYPERION_HOME/deployments/WebSphere6) remains. Do not delete it.

Configuration SequenceIn general, for a new installation, Oracle recommends that for each machine, you configure allEPM System products at the same time for the products installed on the machine. By default,EPM System Configurator preselects all products for you. Shared Services must be installed andconfigured for other products to configure successfully. The configuration sequence for variousdeployment scenarios is described in the following sections.

Upgrade Note!

If you are upgrading from a previous release of EPM System products, you can only configureone product at a time, and you must configure in a required order. See “Upgrade ConfigurationSequence” on page 63.

Note: By default, EPM System Configurator uses the same database for all products youconfigure at one time. To use a different database for each product, perform the“Configure Database” task separately for each product. In some cases you might want toconfigure separate databases for products.

If you have already configured EPM Workspace and you deploy any additional products thatare in EPM Workspace, you must run EPM System Configurator again and select the EPMWorkspace “Configure Web Server” task. In this release, the following products and componentsare integrated in EPM Workspace:

l EPM Workspace

l Financial Reporting


l Web Analysis

l Financial Management

l FDM

l Performance Scorecard

l Planning

l Performance Management Architect

l Profitability and Cost Management

l Calculation Manager

l ERP Integrator

l Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

l Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition

Optional: The following products are not integrated in EPM Workspace, and although notrequired in most cases, Oracle recommends that you configure the Web server for these productsusing EPM Workspace Web server configuration.

l Shared Services

l Administration Services

l Provider Services

Note: For drill through functionality, you are required to configure the Web server for theseproducts using EPM Workspace Web server configuration.

If you do not want to use EPM Workspace Web server configuration for these products, see theOracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Manual Deployment Guide.

The following two optional administrative tasks have a required sequence:

l Before you configure Performance Management Architect interface datasources, firstconfigure and deploy Shared Services and Performance Management Architect. SharedServices must be running.

l Before you configure Planning clusters (select the Planning task “Planning ClusterManagement”), first configure and deploy Shared Services. Shared Services must be running.

Configure the following products after you have completed all the configuration tasks usingEPM System Configurator:

l Data Relationship Management. See the Oracle Hyperion Data Relationship ManagementInstallation Guide.

l FDM. FDM has only one task in EPM System Configurator. It registers the FDM Web serverin the Shared Services Registry. The remainder of the configuration is done in FDM. See theOracle Hyperion Financial Data Quality Management Configuration Guide.

l Data Integration Management. See the Hyperion Data Integration Management InstallationGuide.

Configuration Sequence 61

Note: If you want to install Essbase in standalone mode (not using Shared Services), you canskip the installation for Shared Services. However, you must still configure the SharedServices Registry. To configure the Shared Services Registry without installing SharedServices, you run EPM System Configurator from the command line using the –forceRegistry option. See “Setting Up the Shared Services Registry Without InstallingShared Services” on page 112.

Configuring Products in a Single-Machine EnvironmentOracle recommends that for each machine, you configure all EPM System products at the sametime for the products installed on the machine. If you are configuring multiple products on amachine simultaneously, EPM System Configurator configures them in the correct order. SharedServices must be installed and configured for other products to configure successfully.

After you have completed configuration, perform the postconfiguration tasks required for yourproduct. See Chapter 7, “Performing Postconfiguration Tasks.”

Configuring Products in a Distributed EnvironmentConfigure the products on the machine on which you installed Shared Services first, and ensurethat Shared Services is running. Shared Services must be installed, configured, and running forother products to configure successfully. Then, for each machine in the deployment, configureall EPM System products at one time for the products installed on the machine.

After you have completed configuration, perform the postconfiguration tasks required for yourproduct. See Chapter 7, “Performing Postconfiguration Tasks.”

Configuring Products in an SSL-Enabled EnvironmentIf you are configuring EPM System products for SSL, configure in this order:

1. Configure Shared Services first. To configure Shared Services, select the Foundation taskson the Product Selection page of EPM System Configurator: “Common Settings,”“Configure Database,” “Deploy to Application Server.” On the “Common Settings” page,select “Enable SSL for communications.”

2. Set up Shared Services for SSL.

See Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System SSL Configuration Guide.

3. Make sure Shared Services is running.

4. Configure the rest of the EPM System products.

5. Set up other EPM System products for SSL.

See Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System SSL Configuration Guide.


Upgrade Configuration Sequence

Upgrade Note!

If you are upgrading from a previous release of EPM System products, you can configure onlyone product at a time, and you must configure in this order:

1. Configure Shared Services. To configure Shared Services, select the Foundation tasks on theProduct Selection page of EPM System Configurator: “Common Settings,” “ConfigureDatabase,” “Deploy to Application Server.” “Upgrade” is selected by default.

2. Start Shared Services if it is not already started and validate that it is running.

3. Configure EPM Workspace.

4. Configure the rest of the products, one product at a time.

5. Configure EPM Workspace Web Server again. You must complete the Web ServerConfiguration task for EPM Workspace last to ensure that all products are configured towork with EPM Workspace.

6. Perform postconfiguration tasks for each product that you upgraded. See Chapter 7,“Performing Postconfiguration Tasks.”

During an upgrade, throughout EPM System Configurator, port numbers of the previousinstallation are displayed by default.

Product Configuration Task SummaryThe following tables summarize the configuration tasks for each product. All products areautomatically registered with Shared Services during configuration. EPM System Configuratordisplays the “Common Settings” page once on each machine that you configure.

Clients do not require configuration and are not included in these tables.

Note: The “Upgrade” column reflects products that have an Upgrade task in EPM SystemConfigurator. Not all products that are upgradeable have an upgrade task. Forinformation about products that are not upgradeable, see Chapter 8, “Upgrading EPMSystem Products.”

The following table summarizes the configuration options available for Foundation Servicesproducts.

Table 9 Foundation Services Configuration Task Summary

ProductOptions

ConfigureDatabase

Deploy toApplicationServer

Product-specificConfiguration Tasks

Upgrade Post-configuration Tasks

SharedServices

X X X X (Optional)

Product Configuration Task Summary 63

ProductOptions

ConfigureDatabase




CalculationManager

X X N/A

PerformanceManagementArchitect

X (Windowsonly)

X X (Optional)

l InterfaceDatasourceConfiguration(Windowsonly)

X X

EPMWorkspace

X X X

l ConfigureWebServer

X X (Optional)

The following table summarizes the configuration options available for Essbase products.

Table 10 Essbase Product Configuration Task Summary

ProductOptions

ConfigureDatabase




Essbase X

l EssbaseCustomConfiguration

X X (Requiredfor UNIX)

Administration Services

X (Requiredonly if you areusingBusinessRules withPlanning orLog Analyzerfeatures)

X X X

ProviderServices

X X X

Smart Search X

EssbaseStudio

X (Requiredfor EssbaseStudiocatalog)

N/A X (Optional)


ProductOptions

ConfigureDatabase




IntegrationServices

X

The following table summarizes the configuration options available for Reporting and Analysisproducts.

Table 11 Reporting and Analysis Product Configuration Task Summary

ProductOptions

ConfigureDatabase




Reporting andAnalysis

Note: Youconfigure theReporting andAnalysisdatabasethrough EPMWorkspace.

X X

l ServiceConfiguration

l ConfigureFinancialReportingServer

X X

The following table summarizes the configuration options available for Financial PerformanceManagement Applications products.

Table 12 Financial Performance Management Applications Product Configuration Task Summary

ProductOptions

ConfigureDatabase




FinancialManagement(Allconfigurationtasks areWindowsonly)

X X

l ConfigureDCOM

l ConfigureApplication Server

l ConfigureApplication Cluster

l RegisterApplicationServers/Cluster

X X

Product Configuration Task Summary 65

ProductOptions

ConfigureDatabase




l ConfigureWebServer

l (Optional)ConfigureDataSourceforExtendedAnalytics

PerformanceScorecard

X X X X

Planning X X X X (Optional)

l ManagePlanningClusters

X X

Profitabilityand CostManagement

X X N/A

StrategicFinance (Allconfigurationtasks areWindowsonly)

X X

l ConfigureDataFolder

l WebServicesConfiguration

X

The following table summarizes the configuration options available for Data Managementproducts.

Table 13 Data Management Product Configuration Task Summary

ProductOptions

ConfigureDatabase




FDM (Allconfigurationtasks areWindowsonly)

X

l ConfigureFDMServer

N/A X

ERPIntegrator

X X N/A X


ProductOptions

ConfigureDatabase




DataRelationshipManagement

N/A X

Using EPM System ConfiguratorRun EPM System Configurator on each computer hosting the products to configure orreconfigure.

For a list of characters supported during configuration with EPM System Configurator, see“Characters Supported for Installation and Configuration” on page 43.

Note: On Windows machines, run EPM System Installer and EPM System Configurator as anadministrator. On UNIX machines, do not use the root user to install and configure.Install and configure as the same user for all EPM System products. On UNIX systems, ifyou are using Oracle Application Server, you must install and configure EPM Systemproducts using the same user you used to install Oracle Application Server.

ä To configure EPM System products:

1 Choose a method to launch EPM System Configurator:

l On the last page of EPM System Installer, click Configure.

l From the Start menu, select Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then FoundationServices, and then EPM System Configurator.

l Double-click configtool.bat from HYPERION_HOME/common/config/version_number.

l From a Windows console, change to HYPERION_HOME/common/config/version_number, and then enter startconfigtool.bat -console.

l Create a silent configuration response file. See “Performing Silent Configurations” on page111.

l On UNIX, change to HYPERION_HOME/common/config/version_number and thentype ./configtool.sh.

l On UNIX, change to HYPERION_HOME/common/config/version_number and thentype ./configtool.sh —console

2 Review and complete each page of EPM System Configurator, clicking Next to move to the next page.

The following table provides links where you can find more details about each page of EPMSystem Configurator.

Using EPM System Configurator 67

Page Reference

Task selection “Task Selection” on page 69

SharedServices andRegistrydatabaseconfiguration

Ensure that the database is started and that you have created a database as described in “Preparinga Database” in Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Installation StartHere.

Enter the information as described in “Shared Services and Registry Database Configuration” onpage 70.

EPM Systemcommonsettings

“EPM System Common Settings” on page 73

Enableseparatelylicensedproduct options

Select the product features that you are authorized to use based on your license agreement. See“Enable Separately Licensed Product Options” on page 73 and Chapter 12, “License Compliance”

Configuredatabase

Ensure that the database is started and that you have created a database as described in “Preparinga Database” in Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Installation StartHere.

Enter the information as described in “Database Configuration” on page 74.

Applicationserverdeployment

Enter the information as described in “Deploy to Application Server ” on page 78.

Note: For simplicity, Oracle recommends that you use the same application server, and domainor profile, for all products that you install.

Product-specificconfigurationtasks

For detailed procedures to configure each product, see the sections:

l “EPM Workspace—Specific Configuration Tasks” on page 87

l “Performance Management Architect—Specific Tasks (Optional)” on page 91

l “Essbase—Specific Tasks” on page 93

l “Planning—Specific Tasks (Optional)” on page 96

l “Financial Management—Specific Tasks” on page 99

l “Reporting and Analysis—Specific Tasks” on page 109

l “Strategic Finance—Specific Tasks” on page 109

l “FDM—Specific Configuration Tasks” on page 110

3 Confirm the configuration tasks to complete, and then click Next.

EPM System Configurator displays the status of the configuration process.

Configuration time depends on the products and tasks that you selected. Progress is recordedin

HYPERION_HOME/logs/config/configtool.log

When configuration finishes, the status of each task is displayed. Configuration results are notedin HYPERION_HOME/logs/config/configtool_summary.log.

4 Click Task Panel to return to the Task Selection page to complete additional configuration tasks.

5 Optional: After you configure all the products on this machine, to validate the installation, click Validate.See Chapter 6, “Validating the Installation.”


On Windows machines, if you selected “Create Windows Services for configured components,”the services are started at the completion of the configuration.

Note: The OpenLDAP service (OpenLDAP-slapd) and “Hyperion Financial Management -Management Service" must be started manually.

Essbase Studio does not have a Windows service. Use the .bat files to start it manually.

On UNIX machines, the services are started at the completion of the configuration.

6 Click Finish.

If configuration is successful, perform any required postconfiguration tasks. See Chapter 7,“Performing Postconfiguration Tasks.”

Terminating configuration for a particular product does not terminate the entire process.Configuration continues for the other products. EPM System Configurator displays errormessages on a summary page after the configuration process completes.

If errors are displayed, perform these tasks:

l Review the log files.

l See the Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Installation andConfiguration Troubleshooting Guide for information about resolving configuration issues.

Task Selection

ä Select the products and tasks to configure for this machine, or click Next to select all the requiredtasks.

If you installed multiple instances of Essbase, choose the instance that you want to configure.The instances appear in the Task Selection page as Essbase and Essbase-n.

Note the following about task selection:

l In a new installation all required tasks are selected by default.

l You can clear tasks you want to perform later.

l Select “Check All” or “Uncheck All” to quickly select or deselect all tasks.

l You cannot deselect mandatory tasks, which are selected by default. If the task is unavailable(grey) and selected (checked), the task will be performed and you cannot deselect it.

l EPM System Configurator automatically performs some common tasks the first time youconfigure any component of a product, such as Shared Services registration. EPM SystemConfigurator uses the Shared Services Registry to find the location of Shared Services.

For ease of deployment and simplicity, you can use one database for all products, which is thedefault when you configure all products at the same time.


Caution! To use a different database for each product, perform the “Configure Database” taskseparately for each product. In some cases you might want to configure separatedatabases for products. Consider performance, roll-back procedures for a singleapplication or product, and disaster recovery plans.

If you are applying the maintenance release, you do not need to configure the database, andregistration with Shared Services is not performed. (Essbase Studio is an exception. For EssbaseStudio, configure the database if you are applying the maintenance release, and select “Connectto a previously configured database.”)

Upgrade Note!

l You can configure only one product at a time.

l Because you are required to configure Shared Services first, only the required tasks for SharedServices are selected the first time you configure.

l For products that have the “Upgrade Tasks” option, you must select it to perform upgradeprocedures automatically.

Shared Services and Registry Database Configuration

ä Specify the settings for the Shared Services and Shared Services Registry database.

The first time you configure EPM System products, you configure a database for use by SharedServices, which includes the Shared Services Registry.

When you configure the Shared Services database, EPM System Configurator ensures that thedatabase is connected and is a supported database type. If a database is detected, you may beprompted to choose whether to use the detected database or create a database.

For a list of supported databases, see the Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance ManagementSystem Certification Matrix (http://www.oracle.com/technology/products/bi/hyperion-supported-platforms.html). For database prerequisites for this release, see Oracle HyperionEnterprise Performance Management System Installation Start Here.

You can use Windows Authentication for SQL Server connections if you use Microsoft SQLServer database. See “Setting Up Microsoft SQL Server Windows Authentication” on page76.

For more information about the Shared Services Registry, see “About the Shared ServicesRegistry” on page 58.

Note: This task assumes that you have already created the database. If you have not yet createda database, see “Preparing a Database” in Oracle Hyperion Enterprise PerformanceManagement System Installation Start Here.




If you uninstalled EPM System products Release 11.1.1.0 or Release 11.1.1.1 and then reinstallinto the same location, you cannot re-use the Shared Services and Shared Services Registrydatabase.

Upgrade Note!

If you are upgrading a Shared Services database, EPM System Configurator creates the registryduring the upgrade configuration.

The following table describes options for Shared Services and Registry Database configuration.

EPM System Configurator Fields Description Your Information

Connect to a previously configuredShared Services database/Perform1st-time configuration of SharedServices database

When you first configure SharedServices, choose “Perform 1st-timeconfiguration of Shared Servicesdatabase.” This database includesthe Shared Services Registry, whichis used to store common informationfor all products.

When you configure in a distributedenvironment, you must configure theShared Services database on everymachine. On the first machine, youare setting up the Shared ServicesRegistry. For configurations onsubsequent machines, choose“Connect to a previously configuredShared Services database.” In thiscase, you are letting the machineknow the location of the SharedServices Registry.

For some products, you can use thissame database to store productinformation. In this case, eachproduct has its own table in thisdatabase. See “Installation PlanningChecklist” in Oracle HyperionEnterprise PerformanceManagement System InstallationStart Here for additional informationabout database preparation for eachproduct.

Upgrade Note!

If you are upgrading from a previousrelease, “Connect to a previouslyconfigured Shared Servicesdatabase” is selected by default. Donot change the selection. Duringupgrade, the only databaseinformation you can change is username and password.

Database Type Select the database type.



Server Specify the name of the databaseserver where the Shared Servicesdatabase should be created.

Port Select the default or specify a customShared Services server port numberon which the database listens.

Service Name or SID, or DatabaseName

Specify the name of the SharedServices database.

If you are using an Oracle RACdatabase, specify the RAC servicename.

Username Enter the name of the database user.

Password Enter the password of the databaseuser.

Note: If the password changes,reconfigure as described inChapter 9, “Reconfiguring EPMSystem Products.”

Advanced options (Optional) Click to specify additionalinformation.

For more information on theseoptions, see “Advanced Options forDatabase Configuration (Optional)”on page 77.

You can use this option to configureOracle RAC.

Note: EPM System Configurator configures the Shared Services database when you click Next.If you later have to click Back, you must select “Connect to a previously configured SharedServices database” and reenter the Shared Services database information.

Upgrade TasksThis option is available only if you are upgrading from a previous release. If you are notupgrading, skip this section.

Upgrade Note!

ä If you are upgrading EPM System products from a previous release, select this option for theproduct that you want to upgrade. This task performs upgrade tasks automatically for the


selected product; however no upgrade-specific page appears during configuration, and you donot have to enter any information.

Enable Separately Licensed Product Options

ä Select the product features that you are authorized to use based on your license agreement.

For some products, this step enables you to select only those product features that you havepurchased. The features available depend on your purchase and licensing agreements. Forinformation, see Chapter 12, “License Compliance.”

You specify product options only for the following products:

l Planning. For Planning, you can select “Capital Asset Planning” or “Workforce Planning”if you are licensed to use those modules. Selecting these options enables features for thosemodules.

l Strategic Finance. For Strategic Finance you can select Strategic Finance for Banking if youare licensed to use it.

The following table describes options for Product Options configuration.

EPM System Configurator Description Your Information

Product/Options Select the product components thatyou are licensed to use.

EPM System Common Settings

ä Specify settings for all products on all machines that have been identified in the Shared ServicesRegistry so far, or click Next to accept the default values.

If you configure on another machine and change any of these options, your new selections applyfor all products and machines you have not configured. If you reconfigure on a machine, thenew settings apply to any products you reconfigure and to future configurations.

The following table describes options for common settings configuration.


Create Windows Services forconfigured components (Windowsonly)

Select to configure each service as aWindows service that startsautomatically when you startWindows.

Enable SSL for communications Select to enable SSL communicationfor all Web applications. If this optionis selected, URLs are in the formhttps.

If you enable SSL, in the EPMWorkspace Web server configuration



page, you must select “SSL Enabled ”and then specify the SSL port usedby the Web server. See “ConfigureEPM Workspace Web Server” on page88.

Note: Selecting this option does notenable secure communication for theWeb application server, and does notcreate and load certificates into JREsand JDKs. See Oracle HyperionEnterprise PerformanceManagement System SSLConfiguration Guide for moreinformation.

If you want to change from an SSL-enabled environment to a non-SSL-enabled environment or vice versa,see “Reconfiguring for SSL” on page199. Modifying this option is notsufficient.

SMTP Mail Server For products that integrate an e-mailfeature, which uses standard SimpleMail Transfer Protocol (SMTP)protocol, specify the outgoing mail(SMTP) server. To enable e-mailalerts, you must specify the SMTPserver name.

Admin Email Specify the administrator's e-mailaddress to use for notifications.

SMTP Server requires authentication Specify whether the SMTP serverrequires authentication, and thenspecify a user name and password.

User Name Specify the user name for the SMTPserver.

Password Specify the password for the SMTPserver.

Database Configuration

ä Specify the database settings to use for the products that you selected on the Task Selection page.

For ease of deployment and simplicity, for a new installation, you can use one database for allproducts, which is the default when you configure all products at the same time. To use a differentdatabase for each product, perform the “Configure Database” task separately for each product.In some cases you might want to configure separate databases for products. Considerperformance, roll-back procedures for a single application or product, and disaster recoveryplans. See Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Installation Start Here.


When you configure EPM System products to use a database, EPM System Configurator ensuresthat the database is connected and is a supported database type. For a list of supported databasesfor this release, see Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System CertificationMatrix (http://www.oracle.com/technology/products/bi/hyperion-supported-platforms.html).

Ensure that the database is set up as described in “Preparing a Database” in Oracle HyperionEnterprise Performance Management System Installation Start Here.

The first time you configure, a default database name is displayed. Change the defaults to matchthe name of the database and user you already created.

Note the following about database configuration:

l A database type might not be available if one of the selected products doesn’t support it. Inthis case, configure this product separately. See the Oracle Hyperion Enterprise PerformanceManagement System Certification Matrix (http://www.oracle.com/technology/products/bi/hyperion-supported-platforms.html) for a list of supported databases for each product.

Upgrade Note!

Note the following about database configuration if you are upgrading:

l Select “Connect to a previously configured database.” However, if you are upgrading fromPlanning Release 9.2.x, select “Perform 1st-time configuration of database” and enter thedatabase details for the existing database.

l When you run the Configure Database task for Performance Management Architect, it maytake a long time to complete. Do not interrupt this task while it is running.

The following table describes options for database configuration.


Database configuration for thefollowing products

Confirm the list of products for whichyou want to configure the database.The list displayed depends on theproducts you initially selected toconfigure.

To create different databases foreach product, select only oneproduct at a time and run EPMSystem Configurator again toconfigure the database for anotherproduct.

Connect to a previously configureddatabase/Perform 1st-timeconfiguration of database

Select a configured database, orspecify the name of a new databaseto configure.

Note: This task assumes that youhave created the database. If youhave not created a database, see“Preparing a Database” in OracleHyperion Enterprise PerformanceManagement System InstallationStart Here.

Upgrade Note!






If you are upgrading from a previousrelease, “Connect to a previouslyconfigured database” is selected bydefault. For most products, Oraclerecommends that you select thisoption. If you are upgrading fromPlanning Release 9.2.x, select“Perform 1st-time configuration ofdatabase.”

Database type Select the database type.

Server Specify the name of the computer orserver hosting the database.

Port Select the default or specify a customserver port number on which thedatabase listens.

Service Name or SID, or DatabaseName

Specify the name of the database.

If you are using an Oracle RACdatabase, specify the RAC servicename.

Username Enter the database user name.

Password Enter the database user password.

Note: If the password changes,reconfigure as described in“Changing Repository Passwords” onpage 201.

Advanced Options (Optional) Click to specify additionalinformation. See “Advanced Optionsfor Database Configuration(Optional)” on page 77.

You can use this option to configureOracle RAC.

You can use Windows Authentication for SQL Server connections if you use Microsoft SQLServer database. See “Setting Up Microsoft SQL Server Windows Authentication” on page76.

Setting Up Microsoft SQL Server Windows Authentication

ä To set up Windows authentication for a SQL Server connection:

1 Configure SQL Server to use Windows authentication.

2 Grant your Windows account appropriate access to your database.

3 From the configuration task list, select Configure Database.

4 From the database list, select SQL Server.


5 Specify all database information except for Username and Password.

Advanced Options for Database Configuration (Optional)The following table describes advanced options for database configuration.


JDBC URL Enter additional attributes for theconnection. See Appendix D, “JDBCURL Attributes” for additionalinformation.

If you enter a JDBC URL, it overridesthe values you entered in thedatabase configuration page.

Additional configuration for Oracle

Data Tablespace Enter the name of an existingtablespace used to store table data.The data tablespace is the logicalportion of the database used toallocate storage for table data.

Additional configuration for Financial Management

Database Connection Link (UDL) Accept the default or specify adifferent UDL file.

The Database Connection Link (UDL)defines the database connectioninformation for FinancialManagement applications. EPMSystem Configurator provides adefault UDL file for use with FinancialManagement.

Upgrade Note!

If you are upgrading from a previousrelease of Financial Management,choose the UDL file that you usedwith the previous release.

Number of pooled DB connections Specify the number of maximumpooled relational databaseconnections for the application, oruse the default value of 40.

Financial Management requiresapproximately 25 relationaldatabase connections perapplication.

For more information about pooleddatabase connections, seeAppendix E, “Database Informationfor Financial Management.”



Encrypt UDL Specify whether to encrypt the UDLfile. Oracle recommends that youencrypt the UDL file.

See “Encrypting UDL Files” on page253.

Deploy to Application Server

ä Select the application server and deployment type.

Note the following information about deploying:

l You can deploy multiple products to one application server, in a single profile (WebSphere)or domain (WebLogic Server).

l For simplicity, Oracle recommends that you use the same application server, and domainor profile.

l A Web application server might not be available if one of the selected products doesn’tsupport it. In this case, configure this product separately. See the Oracle Hyperion EnterprisePerformance Management System Certification Matrix (http://www.oracle.com/technology/products/bi/hyperion-supported-platforms.html) for a list of supported Web applicationservers for each product.

l EPM Workspace and the application being integrated must be deployed to the same Webapplication server type. For example, if EPM Workspace is deployed to Oracle ApplicationServer, Performance Management Architect must also be deployed to Oracle ApplicationServer. If an application being integrated does not support the EPM Workspace Webapplication server, you can redeploy EPM Workspace to a commonly supported Webapplication server (WebLogic Server), or perform a separate deployment.

l If you are implementing a custom authentication module, you must include its Java archive(.jar) in the EPM Product classpath. The most reliable method of adding the customauthentication module Java archive to a J2EE Web application classpath is to add it to theclasspath in the enterprise or Web archive (.ear or .war) of an application before you deployit. See the Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System SecurityAdministration Guide for detailed procedures to perform before you run EPM SystemConfigurator.

Note the following information about automatic deployment:

l Only 32-bit application servers are supported for auto-deployment. For products thatsupport it, to deploy to 64-bit application servers, install the 64-bit binaries for thoseproducts using the “Choose components individually” option in EPM System Installer andthen follow the manual deployment instructions in Oracle Hyperion Enterprise PerformanceManagement System Manual Deployment Guide.

Note the following information about manual deployment:

l Run EPM System Configurator on each application server machine.




l Select the Manual option in the Web application server deployment page. You must performthis step to update the Shared Services Registry and lay down the .ear and .war files.

l Specify the correct hostname and port information.

l If necessary, use the advanced Set Up option to configure access using a logical address.

See the Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Manual DeploymentGuide for deployment procedures for each application server and product.

The following table describes options for application server deployment configuration.


Select Server: Automatic/Manual Select the Web Application Serveryou installed, and then specifywhether you want to deployautomatically or manually.

If you select Embedded JavaContainer, you can deploy onlyautomatically.

If you are deploying your product toone application server, decidebetween these deployment options:

l Automatic—Deploys all files tothe application server. In mostcases, no other deploymenttasks are required.

l Manual—EPM SystemConfigurator places thenecessary Web archives (EAR orWAR) in directories to enablemanual deployment at a futuretime.

If you select Manual, see the OracleHyperion Enterprise PerformanceManagement System ManualDeployment Guide for details.

Note: For information about preparing the application server, see Oracle Hyperion EnterprisePerformance Management System Installation Start Here.

Application Server Deployment: Oracle Application Server

ä Specify the application server options, or click Next to accept the default entries.

EPM System Configurator creates a group for each deployed Web application, with the samename as the Server.

The following table describes options for Oracle application server deployment configuration.



Location Enter the path to the applicationserver installation directory; forexample:

l Windows — C:/Oracle/product/OracleAS

l UNIX/Linux — /opt/app/oracle/product/

OracleAS

Ear/War Select the components to deploy.

Name Displays the server name.

Advanced Set up If you have set up a cluster, or planto set one up, click “Set up.” See“Cluster Setup” on page 86.

If you do not select “Set up,” EPMSystem Configurator adds thisdeployment to a default cluster withthe name Default.

For more information aboutclustering, see Oracle HyperionEnterprise PerformanceManagement System HighAvailability Guide. For moreinformation about clustering SharedServices, see the white papersavailable at http://www.oracle.com/technology/products/bi/resource-library.html.

What Happens During Deployment: OracleEPM System Configurator deploys the application to:

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/AppServNameAndVersion

Under this directory, the bin directory contains start and stop scripts for all deployedapplications. For each application, there is also a setCustomParamsProduct.bat file (.shextension for UNIX), where JAVA_OPTIONS can be changed when using start scripts.

Application Server Deployment: Oracle | BEA WebLogic


On WebLogic Server, a default user name and password of hyperion is used to administer thedomain. You can manually change the credentials after deploying.

The following table describes options for WebLogic application server deploymentconfiguration.


http://www.oracle.com/technology/products/bi/resource-library.html




Location Enter the path to the applicationserver installation directory. Forexample:

l Windows — c:/bea/weblogic92

l UNIX — /opt/bea/weblogic92

Domain Displays the default name of thedomain where you access theapplication. All applications deployto the same domain. To change thedomain name, see “What HappensDuring Deployment: WebLogicServer” on page 82.



Port Accept the default port, or, to changethe default, enter a port number thatdoes not conflict with otherapplications installed on yourmachine. See “Ports” in OracleHyperion Enterprise PerformanceManagement System InstallationStart Here.

SSL Port Accept the default port or specify theSSL Port to use for automaticdeployment. Specifying this port setsup SSL using the Java applicationserver's default certificates. See theOracle Hyperion EnterprisePerformance Management SystemSSL Configuration Guide forrecommendations on updating theJava application server with a validcertificate.

If you are using SSL, you must clearthe non-SSL port in your Javaapplication server after configurationto ensure secure communication.See Oracle Hyperion EnterprisePerformance Management SystemManual Deployment Guide.






Upgrade Note!

During configuration, you might see one of the following error messages:

l "Application HPSWEBREPORTS cannot be deployed to server HPSWEBREPORTS becauseit has already been deployed to server webreportsDomain."

l “Application eas cannot be deployed to server eas because it has already been deployed toserver "aas."

If either of those messages are displayed, , change the server name on WebLogic ApplicationServer Deployment panel to the name specified in the error message. For example, forPerformance Scorecard, change the server name from "HPSWEBREPORTS" to"webreportsDomain." For Administration Services, change the server name from "eas" to "aas."Then you can proceed with the configuration.

What Happens During Deployment: WebLogic ServerEPM System Configurator deploys each application to the same WebLogic Server domain. Thedomain is created when the first application is deployed. Each application runs in a separateJVM.

EPM System Configurator deploys the application to

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/AppServNameAndVersion.


To change the default profile directory, modify the deployment directory parameter inweblogic.properties, which is in:

HYPERION_HOME/common/config/9.5.0.0/resources/AppServName/resources.

Note: Oracle does not recommended changing other parameters in this file.





Application Server Deployment: WebSphere


The following table describes options for WebSphere application server deploymentconfiguration.


Location Enter the path to the applicationserver installation directory.

l For example, WebSphere Base:

m Windows — c:/WebSphere/AppServer

m UNIX — /opt/WebSphere/AppServer

l For example, WebSphereExpress:

m Windows — c:/IBM/WebSphere/Express61/

AppServer

m UNIX — /opt/IBM/WebSphere/Express61/

AppServer

If disk space is inadequate, EPMSystem Configurator placesjava.io.tempdir inHYPERION_HOME/temp. Afterdeployment, the temp directory isdeleted.

Profile Displays the name of the profilewhere you access the application. Bydefault, all applications deploy to thesame profile. To change the profilename, see “What Happens DuringDeployment: WebSphere” on page84.




SSL Port Accept the default port, or specify theSSL port to use for automatic



deployment. Specifying this port setsup SSL using the Java applicationserver's default certificates. See theOracle Hyperion EnterprisePerformance Management SystemSSL Configuration Guide forrecommendations on updating theJava application server with a validcertificate.





What Happens During Deployment: WebSphereEPM System Configurator deploys each application to the same WebSphere profile. The profileis created when the first application is deployed. Each application runs in a separate JVM.

EPM System Configurator deploys the application to

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/AppServNameAndVersion.


To change the default profile directory, modify the deployment directory parameter inwebsphere.properties in

HYPERION_HOME/common/config/9.5.0.0/resources/AppServName/resources.





Note: Oracle does not recommended changing other parameters in this file.

Web Server Plug-ins Directory

ä If requested, specify the installation location of the Web server plug-ins.

EPM System Configurator displays this page only if it cannot find the plug-ins.

Application Server Deployment: Embedded Java Container


The following table describes options for the Embedded Java Container application serverdeployment configuration.





SSL Port Accept the default port, or specify theSSL port to use for automaticdeployment. Specifying this port setsup SSL using the Java applicationserver's default certificates. See theOracle Hyperion EnterprisePerformance Management SystemSSL Configuration Guide forrecommendations on updating theJava application server with a validcertificate. If you are deployingmanually, see the Oracle HyperionEnterprise PerformanceManagement System SSLConfiguration Guide.







What Happens During Deployment: Embedded Java ContainerEPM System Configurator deploys the application to:

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/AppServNameAndVersion


Cluster Setup

ä If you selected Set up, specify the following:

The following table describes options for cluster setup configuration.


Edit default cluster Specify a new URL for the cluster touse by default. (Specifying this URLdoes not create the cluster.)

You should have only one cluster forShared Services, EPM Workspace,Performance Management Architect,Reporting and Analysis, CalculationManager, and ERP Integrator. EPMSystem Configurator creates a clusterfor these products and uses it as thedefault cluster. You cannot define anew cluster for these products.

Define new cluster Specify the URL to use as the defaultfor the cluster you will create.






(Specifying this URL does not createthe cluster.) Provide a logical orphysical address only.

If you selected “Enable SSL forcommunications” on the CommonSettings page, make sure the clusterURL you override with uses an SSLport.

Add to existing cluster Specify the URL to add to the cluster.Provide a logical or physical addressonly to be associated with the Webapplication.

To manage clusters for Planning, in EPM System Configurator, select “Manage PlanningClusters ” from the Task Selection Panel for Planning.

For information about clustering EPM System products, see Oracle Hyperion EnterprisePerformance Management System High Availability Guide. For more information aboutclustering Shared Services, see the white papers available at http://www.oracle.com/technology/products/bi/resource-library.html.

Upgrade Note!

For Performance Management Architect, you must use cluster names that are the same as theinstance names that were used in Performance Management Architect configuration in theprevious release.

EPM Workspace—Specific Configuration Tasks

Configure EPM Workspace Services

ä Specify the following EPM Workspace service information, or click Next to accept the defaults:

The following table describes options for EPM Workspace Services configuration.


Repository Directory Specify the directory where theReporting and Analysis repositorydata is stored; for example:HYPERION_HOME/products/Foundation/worskpace/data/directoryName.

If you are replicating repositories,specify a write-able, shared drive.

Upgrade Note!





If you are upgrading from a previousrelease, ensure that the repositorylocation of the previous release isspecified.

Port Ranges Specify the port range to use for EPMWorkspace services.

Configure EPM Workspace Web Server

ä Specify EPM Workspace Web server information, or click Next to accept the defaults.

Information in this page comes from applications already deployed and recorded in the SharedServices Registry and applications you are deploying in this configuration sequence.

If you later deploy any additional products that are in EPM Workspace, run EPM SystemConfigurator again and select the EPM Workspace Web Server Configuration task.

Components for the following products can be listed:

l EPM Workspace

l Financial Reporting

l Web Analysis


l FDM


l Planning


l Profitability and Cost Management


l ERP Integrator

l BI Publisher

BI Publisher is included in this list only after you have completed prerequisite steps. See“Integrating BI Publisher into EPM Workspace” on page 90.

l Oracle BI EE

Oracle BI EE is included in this list only after you have completed prerequisite steps. See“Integrating Oracle BI EE into EPM Workspace” on page 90.

Optional: The following products are not integrated in EPM Workspace, and although notrequired in most cases, Oracle recommends that you configure the Web server for these productsusing EPM Workspace Web server configuration.

l Shared Services



l Provider Services

Note: For drill through functionality, you are required to configure the Web server for theseproducts using EPM Workspace Web server configuration.

If you do not want to use EPM Workspace Web server configuration for these products, see theOracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Manual Deployment Guide.

The following table describes options for EPM Workspace Web server configuration.


Select Web Server Select the Web server.

Port Specify the Web server port. If youenable SSL, make sure the portnumber you enter is a secure port.

If you are using SSL in a UNIXenvironment, specify the port numberfor the SSL-capable Apacheinstallation that you installed insteadof the port number for the defaultEPM System installation. See“Installation Prerequisites” on page42.

SSL Enabled Select whether to enable SSL.

Location of Web Server Specify or browse to the location ofthe Web server.

This field is not required if you areusing IIS.

If you are using SSL in a UNIXenvironment, select the SSL-capableApache installation that you installedinstead of the default EPM Systeminstallation. See “InstallationPrerequisites” on page 42.

Component Select the check box adjacent toeach module to integrate with EPMWorkspace.

Host For each enabled module, review thehost name to which this Web serverwill proxy requests.

Context Review the context path. The contextpath is the part of the URL thataccesses the deployed Webapplication. For example, in thefollowing URL, workspace is thecontext path:



http://webserverhost.example.com:19000/workspace

Port Review the port numbers for theapplication server listen ports for theapplications. The port here mustmatch the listen port of the deployedapplication. For Embedded JavaContainer, this port is the AJP listenport, not the HTTP listen port.

Note: Use fully qualified host names for all entries. For example,webserverhost.example.com.

When Reporting and Analysis Web applications are distributed between two or more machines,or when configuring a Web server on a machine other than where the application server(s) areinstalled, you must provide the following:

l The correct application server hostnames—Specify the machine name and port as part ofthe EPM System Configurator.

l Web server plug-in ports—Manually enter the information in the Web server plug-inconfiguration files.

See Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Manual Deployment Guide fordetails on the required manual configuration.

Integrating BI Publisher into EPM Workspace

Before you can integrate BI Publisher into EPM Workspace, you must complete the prerequisitesteps described in the Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher Administrator's and Developer'sGuide.

The following provides an overview of the process:

ä To integrate BI Publisher into EPM Workspace:

1 Register the BI Publisher server with EPM Workspace and Shared Services.

2 Configure the BI Publisher server to use the CSS security model.

3 Use EPM System Configurator to configure the EPM Workspace Web server to proxy to the Oracle BusinessIntelligence Publisher server. On the Task Selection page, select the EPM Workspace Web ServerConfiguration task. See “Configure EPM Workspace Web Server” on page 88.

Integrating Oracle BI EE into EPM Workspace

Before you can integrate Oracle BI EE into EPM Workspace, you must complete prerequisitesteps.


For information about prerequisite steps for integrating Oracle BI EE with EPM Workspace, seethe Oracle Business Intelligence New Features Guide.

After you have completed these prerequisite steps, use EPM System Configurator to configurethe EPM Workspace Web server to proxy to the Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Editionserver. On the Task Selection page, select the EPM Workspace Web Server Configuration task.See “Configure EPM Workspace Web Server” on page 88.

Performance Management Architect—Specific Tasks(Optional)Creating an Interface Datasource is required if you want to use interface tables in PerformanceManagement Architect. Interface tables provide a database interface that enables the import ofmetadata and data from external systems into the Dimension Library. However, this task is notnecessary for initial configuration. See the Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance ManagementArchitect Administrator's Guide. You configure the tables by creating data source links that canbe used during import profile creation and data synchronization.

Interface Datasources Configuration (Optional)

ä Specify whether you want to create, edit, or delete a datasource link.

Interface data source configuration is available only on the machine on which the DimensionServer is installed. You must register with Shared Services before you can perform this task.

Note: Make sure to use a database other than your repository database for interface datasource.See “Preparing a Database” in Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance ManagementSystem Installation Start Here.

The following table describes options for Performance Management Architect interfacedatasource configuration.


Create a new datasource link Select “Create a new datasourcelink,” click “Next,” and then:

1. Choose the database type. See“Interface Datasource DatabaseType (Optional)” on page 92.

2. Specify the interface datasourcedatabase properties. See “Interface Datasource Details(Optional)” on page 92.

Edit an existing datasource link Select “Edit an existing datasourcelink,” click “Next,” and then:



1. Choose the datasource to edit.See “ Select Datasource to Editor Delete (Optional)” on page93.

2. Modify the datasourceproperties. See “ InterfaceDatasource Details (Optional)”on page 92.

Delete a datasource link Select “Delete a datasource link,”click “Next,” and then choose theinstance to delete. See “ SelectDatasource to Edit or Delete(Optional)” on page 93.

Interface Datasource Database Type (Optional)

ä Select the specific database type (Oracle, SQL or DB2) and click Next.

Interface Datasource Details (Optional)

ä To create or edit an interface datasource, specify the database details.

The following table describes options for Performance Management Architect interfacedatasource details configuration.


Database Type Displays the database type.

Datasource Name Accept the default name, or enter aname for the data source.

Server Accept the default name, or enter thename of the server hosting thedatabase. (The default displaysbased on the database type.)

Port Accept the default port number, orenter the port number of the serverhosting the database. (The defaultdisplays based on the databasetype.)

SID (Oracle) or Database (MS SQLServer or IBM DB2)

Enter the database name to use asan interface data source.

User Enter the user name for the databaseused as the interface data source.



Password Enter the password for the databaseused as the interface data source.

Create interface tables Select to create the interface tablesin the database. Oracle recommendsthat you select this option.

Select Datasource to Edit or Delete (Optional)

ä If you chose Edit an existing datasource link or Delete a datasource link, select the datasourceto edit or delete.

Optional: If you are deleting a datasource, select “Delete interface tables” to delete the databasetables.

Essbase—Specific TasksConfigure the instance of Essbase Server that you selected on the Task Selection page.

Essbase Server Configuration

ä Specify the configuration information for Essbase Server, or click Next to accept the defaultsettings. In general, Oracle recommends that you keep the default settings.

EPM System Configurator configures the instance of Essbase that you selected on the TaskSelection page. If you installed an additional instance of Essbase Server, it is displayed as Essbase-n on the Task Selection page. For additional information about configuring an additionalinstance of Essbase Server, see “Configuring and Starting an Additional Instance of EssbaseServer” on page 96.

During configuration, if you do not select “Essbase in Standalone mode,” EPM SystemConfigurator automatically registers Essbase with Shared Services and writes the Shared Servicesconnection information to essbase.cfg. In addition, it specifies environment variables in afile used to launch Essbase Server. For more information about the environment variables, seeAppendix B, “Optional Manual Configuration for Essbase Products.”

The following table describes the configuration options for Essbase Server.

Table 14 Essbase Server Configuration


Agent Port Number Accept the default port number onwhich the Essbase Server listens forclient requests. If you change thedefault value, be sure to enter a portnumber that is not used by otherprograms.



The port value is stored inessbase.cfg.

Start Port Enter the first port number thatEssbase Server tries to use toconnect.

End Port Enter the highest port number thatEssbase Server can use to connect.

Essbase uses at least two ports foreach application. For a large numberof applications, you need a largerport range.

Full path to application location(ARBORPATH)

The location for applications.

Note: Previous versions of Essbaseused ARBORPATH to refer to theinstallation location.

Upgrade Note!

If you are upgrading from a previousrelease of Essbase, specify the sameapplication location you used in theprevious release.

Set the language to be used byEssbase (ESSLANG)

The ESSLANG variable is a localedefinition. For example, to supportAmerican English, you can setESSLANG to English_UnitedStates.Latin1@Binary.

Verify the operating system localesetting on your computer and selectthe matching ESSLANG value. TheESSLANG setting for a computermust agree with the locale setting ofthe computer’s operating system.

In addition, on a Windows machine,the ESSLANG value and the systemlocale must match the language ofthe Planning application that youplan to take offline.

You must choose the correctESSLANG setting for Essbaseproducts to start successfully. TheESSLANG setting can affect thefunction of applications anddatabases.

On Windows, if ESSLANG is alreadyset on the computer (for example, ifyou have already installed Essbase,or if you are upgrading from aprevious release), the current value isselected by default.



On UNIX platforms, the ESSLANGsetting defaults to English(Latin I) regardless of the settingin the operating system.

For more details about ESSLANG, see“ESSLANG Variable” on page 95.

For the full list of supportedESSLANG values, see OracleEssbase Database Administrator'sGuide.

Upgrade Note!

If you are upgrading from a previousrelease of Essbase, the ESSLANGvalue from the previous releasedisplays by default, and you cannotchange it.

Deploy Essbase in standalone mode Select to use legacy security forEssbase Server instead of SharedServices security.

This option is not available if you usethe -forceRegistry option tostart EPM System Configurator.

ESSLANG Variable

Each Essbase Server installation requires that you set an ESSLANG value. See the topic onmanaging file encoding in the Oracle Essbase Database Administrator's Guide.

The default value for ESSLANG is English (Latin1). For examples of ESSLANG values forlanguages other than English, see the list of supported locales in the Unicode-mode applicationstopic in the Oracle Essbase Database Administrator's Guide.

During configuration, EPM System Configurator writes the ESSLANG value that you specify tothe Shared Services Registry and to the launch file used to start Essbase.

For Administration Services and Provider Services, there is no prompt to specify the ESSLANGvalue; it is set to the default value "English_UnitedStates.Latin1@Binary." For AdministrationServices, the ESSLANG value is stored in HYPERION_HOME/products/essbase/eas/server/OlapAdmin.properties; for Provider Services, it is stored in HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/aps/bin/Essbase.properties.

Managing ESSLANG Settings

The ESSLANG environment variable on the Essbase Server computer must retain the locale valueof an application for as long as that application is in use.

Note: If the ESSLANG variable is changed after applications are created on an Essbase Servercomputer, those applications cannot be started.


Clients also use locales. ESSLANG variables are optional for clients. If ESSLANG is not defined ona client, the locale specified for the operating system is used. Client and Essbase locale valuesmust be the same for non-Unicode-mode clients and applications. For Unicode-modeapplications, client and Essbase locale values can be different.

To avoid possible database corruption, the ESSLANG locale specification must be the same onclient and Essbase Server when:

l The client is not Unicode-enabled

l A Unicode-enabled client saves an outline over an existing outline on a version of the EssbaseServer that is not Unicode-enabled

l A Unicode-enabled client saves an outline to a non-Unicode application on a Unicode-enabled Essbase Server

The ESSLANG locale specifications on clients and Essbase Server computers can be different whena Unicode-enabled client views and updates an outline belonging to a Unicode-modeapplication.

For products that use Essbase RTC in a non-English environment, you must set ESSLANGmanually on the client.

Configuring and Starting an Additional Instance of Essbase Server

ä To configure an additional instance of Essbase Server on Windows:

1 During configuration with EPM System Configurator, select Essbase-n on the Task Selection Panel, wheren is the instance that you want to configure.

2 On the Essbase Server Configuration page, specify a unique agent port and port range for the additionalinstance of Essbase Server. The range of ports used by one Essbase Server instance must not overlap therange of ports used by another instance or any other products.

The port numbers for the additional instance of Essbase Server are stored in theessbase.cfg file for this installation. In addition, the setting InstanceID is created in theessbase.cfg file for this installation, so that each instance of Essbase Server has its own logfile directory.

Each instance of Essbase Server has its own startup script. To start an additional instance ofEssbase Server, use the startEssbase.cmd|.sh script for this installation.

Planning—Specific Tasks (Optional)Creating a cluster for Planning is optional because a default cluster is created for you when youconfigure the Planning database. Configure Planning clusters after you have configured anddeployed Shared Services. Shared Services must be running.


Planning Cluster Management (Optional)

ä Select whether to create, edit, delete, activate, or reassociate a cluster.

A cluster is a name for a group of Planning applications and can contain one or manyapplications. Each application gets associated with a cluster when an application is created.

You can designate a cluster as the active cluster during cluster creation or at any time by choosing“Manage Planning Clusters” in EPM System Configurator.

You must configure the database before you can create or edit a cluster. The default cluster iscreated after you complete all the other Planning configuration tasks.

To add a new Planning server to an existing configuration, run the “Activate Cluster” task fromeach Planning server machine.

The following table describes options for Planning cluster configuration.


Create Cluster Select “Create Cluster,” click “Next,”and then specify the clusterproperties. See “Planning ClusterManagement — Cluster Properties(Optional)” on page 98.

Edit Cluster Select “Edit Cluster,” click “Next,”choose the cluster to edit, and thenmodify the cluster properties. See“Edit Planning Cluster (Optional)” onpage 99.

Delete Cluster Select “Delete Cluster,” click “Next,”and then choose the cluster to delete.See “Planning Cluster Management— Cluster Properties (Optional)” onpage 98.

Activate Cluster Select “Activate Cluster,” click“Next,” and then choose the clusterto activate. See “Planning ClusterManagement — Cluster Properties(Optional)” on page 98.

When you activate a cluster, onlyapplications associated with thatcluster are displayed in EPMWorkspace.

Re-Associate Cluster and Application Select “Re-Associate Cluster andApplication,” click “Next,” and thenchoose the cluster and theapplication to associate. See“Planning Cluster Management —Cluster Properties (Optional)” onpage 98.

Applications get associated with acluster when an application is



created, and that association can bemodified by selecting “Re-AssociateCluster and Application.” This isuseful, for example, if you decide thatyou want an application associatedwith a different server.

Planning Cluster Management — Cluster Properties (Optional)

ä Choose from the following options, depending on your selection in the Planning ClusterManagement page:

l If you selected Create Cluster, specify the following options:

The following table describes options for creating Planning clusters.


Cluster Name Specify a name for the cluster oraccept the default.

Web Tier Host Name Enter the full name of the machinewhere you installed the PlanningWeb server component.

Note: In a multiserverenvironment, this machine shouldbe the load balancer, and in asingle server environment, it is thesame as the Planning server.

Server Port Accept the default server port ormake a change if necessary. Theport number should be the portused for application serverdeployment.

Activate Cluster Select if you want to display onlythose applications in EPMWorkspace that are associated withthis cluster. If you want to see allapplications in EPM Workspace, donot select this check box.

l If you selected “Edit Cluster,” select the cluster to edit, click “Next,” and then edit the clusterproperties. See “Edit Planning Cluster (Optional)” on page 99.

l If you selected “Delete Cluster,” select the clusters to delete.

l If you selected “Activate Cluster,” select the cluster to activate.

l If you selected “Re-Associate Cluster and Application,” select the cluster name, and then theapplication with which you want to associate it.


Edit Planning Cluster (Optional)

ä Edit the options for an existing cluster.

The following table describes options for editing Planning clusters.


Web Tier Host Name Enter the full name of the machinewhere you installed the Planning Webserver component.

Note: In a multi-serverenvironment, this machine should bethe load balancer, and in a singleserver environment, it is the same asthe Planning server.

Server Port Accept the default server port ormake a change if necessary. The portnumber should be the port used forapplication server deployment.

SSL Select to enable SSL (Secure SocketsLayer).

Activate as Active Cluster Select to display the applications inEPM Workspace that are associatedwith this cluster.

Financial Management—Specific TasksYou must run EPM System Configurator as an administrator to configure FinancialManagement.

Configure Financial Management DCOM

ä Specify the Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) account information to configureDCOM security.

You must specify the Windows administrator under whose identity the application serverprocesses are launched. Perform this task on the machines that host the Financial ManagementWeb server tier and on the Services tier.

Note: You must run as a Domain or Local Administrator with Group Policies rights to configurethe DCOM user.

All Financial Management application server processes are run under an administrator identity(the specified Windows admin user), so no other administrator is required to log on to theapplication server to start the application server processes.


The following table describes options for Financial Management DCOM configuration.


Domain User Specify the user name.

By default, EPM System Configuratorlists the user name for the user whois logged in and running EPM SystemConfigurator.

Note these limitations for the domainand user name:

l A user name cannot duplicateany other user or group name ofthe computer beingadministered. A user name cancontain up to 20 uppercase andlowercase letters. A user namecannot consist solely of periods( . ) and spaces and cannotcontain these special characters:" ‘ / \ [ ] : ; | = , + * ? < > &

l Do not use a single quotationmark ( ‘ ) in a user name. A userwith a single quotation mark inthe user name cannot log on toFinancial Management.

l You cannot use an IP address asa domain name when youconfigure the user account.

Password Enter the password. The passwordcan contain up to 14 characters andis case-sensitive. The system doesnot verify the password, so ensurethat the password that you use isvalid.

Note: If the entries that you makerequire changing the local securitypolicy on the system, you must log offand log on again to commit thechanges.

Re-type Password Enter the password again to confirmit.

Enable DCOM on this machine Select to enable DCOM on thismachine.

This option is available for theApplication services and Web tierinstallation of FinancialManagement. This option is notavailable if DCOM is already enabledon the computer.



This option enables DCOM for theentire computer. Enabling DCOMmakes possible the launching ofservers and connecting to objects byremote clients for the machine. It alsosets the DCOM DefaultAuthentication level to None for thecomputer. The Enable DCOM step isrequired for Financial Managementclient components to communicatewith Financial Managementapplication server components whenthe application server is on a differentcomputer. It also enables theFinancial Management client andapplication server computers to beon different domains.

After you enter the Windows administrator information, EPM System Configurator performsthese steps:

l Creates the Windows admin user (DCOM user) on the local machine if the user does notexist.

l Adds the user to the local Administrators group. The Financial Management administratoruser or group must be a member of the local Administrators group on each applicationserver.

l Assigns these local security policies to the admin user: “Act as part of the operating system”and “Log on as a batch job.” These local security rights must be enabled for users on eachFinancial Management application server.

l Sets the “DCOM Run as” identity for all Financial Management application processes.

l Sets DCOM Launch permissions for users.

If the DCOM user password changes, or if you want to use a different DCOM user name andpassword, ensure that the user settings are valid and working, and then use EPM SystemConfigurator to reenter the DCOM user name and password. Perform this task on the Web tierand on the Services tier for Financial Management.

Configure Financial Management Application Server

ä Specify the application server information, or click Next to accept the defaults.

The following table describes options for Financial Management application serverconfiguration.


Working Folder Accept the default, or enter or browseto the path for the Server WorkingFolder.



The Server Working folder storessystem-generated files, such asreports. The default Server WorkingFolder location is HYPERION_HOME/products/FinancialManagement/Server Working Folder.

Note: When you use multipleapplication servers, each servershould have its own working folder.Application servers should not shareworking folders, because temporaryfiles might be overwritten.

Max App Server Delay Accept the default value or enter thetime interval in seconds betweenwhen a change is made to anapplication and when the change isvisible to users accessing theapplication through anotherapplication server.

Max Data Sync Delay Accept the default value or enter thetime interval in seconds betweenwhen a change is made to data andwhen the change is visible to usersaccessing the data through anotherapplication server.

Creator Group Accept the default value or enter theCreator Group name.

Only the users in the ApplicationCreator Group can create FinancialManagement applications.

Administrator Group Accept the default value or enter theAdministrator Group name.

Only the users in the AdministratorGroup can access administrativetasks. The Administrator Group mustbe a group that has already beendefined in Shared Services.

If you do not specify the AdministratorGroup, the DCOM user will haveaccess to system administrativetasks.


Configure Financial Management Server/Cluster

ä Specify the names of the application servers that participate in the cluster.

An application server cluster is a set of application servers running the same application.Clustered application servers provide load balancing and failover capability and enable theservers to be transparently maintained while applications remain available for users.

The following table describes options for Financial Management server/cluster configuration.


Defined Clusters Select the cluster for which you wantto specify servers.

This list displays all clusters you havespecified on any machine in theinstallation.

You can also add, edit, or remove acluster.

EPM System creates a default clusterif none exist.

Upgrade Note!

This list displays all clusters that youconfigured in the previous release. Ifno clusters exist, EPM SystemConfigurator creates a defaultcluster.

You must use cluster names that arethe same as the instance names thatwere used for Financial Managementconfiguration in the previous release.

Servers in the Cluster The list displays all servers in thecurrently selected cluster. To removea server from the list, select it andclick Remove.

Available Servers Select the server that you want toinclude in the cluster, and click Add.

The list displays all available servers.If there is only one server, it is listedhere. Servers already in a cluster arenot available and are not listed.

If you use multiple application servers connected to one database server, you must ensure thatthe system clocks on the application servers are synchronized. If the clocks are not synchronized,the data being viewed might not be current.

Note: The synchronization between Financial Management application servers is based onsystem time. Changing the clock can affect this synchronization. For the time change to


and from Daylight Savings Time, Oracle recommends that you stop the servers before thetime change and restart them afterward.

Register Financial Management Server/Cluster

ä Register the server or cluster before accessing applications.

You can perform this task on each machine in the installation. Specify the server or cluster youwant this Web application to communicate with.

The following table describes options for Financial Management server/cluster registration.


Available Servers/Cluster Select the server or cluster that youwant to register and click Add.

This list displays all the definedclusters and individual servers.

Registered Servers/Cluster To remove a server or cluster from thelist to register, select it and clickRemove.

This list displays registered servers orclusters.

Configure Financial Management Web Server

ä Select the components that you want to enable as Web applications in IIS or click Next to acceptthe default.

The following table describes options for Financial Management Web server configuration.


Configure IIS for FinancialManagement Web Application

Select to enable FinancialManagement as a Web application inIIS, and then specify the options forthe Financial Management Webserver. See “Configure FinancialManagement Web Application” onpage 105.

Configure IIS to Enable Smart ViewProvider

Select to enable Smart View as a Webapplication in IIS, and then specifythe options for the Smart View Webserver. See “Financial ManagementEnable Smart View Provider” on page107.



Configure IIS to Enable LifecycleManagement

Select to enable LifecycleManagement as a Web application inIIS.

Configure Financial Management Web Application

ä Configure the Web server for Financial Management or click Next to accept the defaults.

The following table describes options for Financial Management Web application configuration.


Web Server Installation Directory Accept the default or enter or browseto the path for the FinancialManagement Web installationdirectory.

Note: The default location is thedirectory in which the Webcomponents were installed, forexample: HYPERION_HOME/products/FinancialManagement/Web/HFM.

Virtual Directory Name Accept the default or enter the virtualdirectory name; for example: HFM.

Web Session Timeout Accept the default or specify thetimeout in minutes.

Advanced Options Click “Advanced Options” to specifyadditional options for the Web serverconfiguration.

See “Financial Management WebApplication Advanced Options” onpage 105.

Financial Management Web Application Advanced Options

ä Specify additional options for the Financial Management Web server.

The following table describes advanced options for Financial Management Web applicationconfiguration.


File Transfer Directory Browse to the path for the directoryfor the load, extract, and log files, oruse the default location; for example,HYPERION_HOME/products/



FinancialManagement/Web/HFM/FileTransfer.

The File Transfer directory should belocated outside of the virtualdirectory. If it is located under thevirtual directory, you should set NoExecute rights on the File Transferdirectory.

You must create a file transferdirectory for load and extract log filesand temporary files. When youspecify the file transfer directory, thesystem performs these steps:

l Creates the file transfer directory,if it does not exist

l Assigns the IIS users Windowspermissions of Read, Write, andExecute

Max Upload File Size Enter a maximum size for loadingWeb files.

If you use IIS 6.0, you can set the ASPfile size properties for loading andextracting files on the Web. Oraclerecommends that you use the defaultfile size properties unless youexperience problems during loadingand extracting. However, if you loador extract huge files and send largeamounts of data to the browser andexperience errors, you can changethe file size settings.

For example, if you load large files,you might receive a 403 errormessage if the maximum upload filesize is set too low. In this case, youmust increase the maximum file size.You enter the file size in bytes, so ifyou expect to load files of 200megabytes, you change the settingfor maximum upload file size to200,000,000 bytes.

Response Buffer Size Enter a maximum size for extractingWeb files.

If you run IIS 5.0 Isolation mode in IIS 6.0 on Windows 2003, after you create Web directoriesand set ASP properties, you must manually set two additional IIS properties for the applicationprotection and authentication level. See “Configuring Settings for IIS 5.0 Isolation Mode(Optional)” on page 163.


Financial Management Enable Smart View Provider

ä Configure the Web server for Smart View.

The following table describes options for Financial Management Smart View Providerconfiguration.


Web Server Installation Directory Enter the location in which SmartView was installed or use the defaultlocation.

Note: The default location isHYPERION_HOME/products/FinancialManagement/Web/HFMOfficeProvider.

Virtual Directory Name Enter the virtual directory name forSmart View or use the default virtualdirectory.

The default directory name isHFMOfficeProvider.

Web Session Timeout Accept the default, or enter the Websession timeout value in seconds.

Note: The default session timeout is360 seconds. You should set thetimeout option to a length of timeappropriate for your Smart Viewsessions.

Advanced Options Click to specify advanced options forSmart View configuration. See“Smart View Web ServerConfiguration Advanced Options” onpage 107.

Smart View Web Server Configuration Advanced Options

ä Specify additional options for the Smart View Web server configuration.

The following table describes advanced options for Smart View Web server configuration.


Enable HTTP Compression Specify whether to enablecompression for communicationbetween the Web browser and theWeb application.

By default, compression is on.



Enable proxy server connection keepalive

If you use a proxy server between theWeb server and client, select thisoption and set a time interval, inseconds, for the connection.

Keep Alive Interval (in seconds) If you use a proxy server between theWeb server and client, select thisoption and set a time interval, inseconds, for the connection.

Always warn when client version isnewer

Select to warn of a newer add-inversion.

Always force client to upgrade Select to upgrade to the latest add-in version to ensure client and serverversion compatibility.

Configure Financial Management Data Source for Extended Analytics

ä Optional: Specify DSN information for Extended Analytics.

If you do not want to specify Data Source Name (DSN) information for Extended Analytics,skip this task.

This task is available for the services tier installation of Financial Management.

The Extended Analytics feature enables you to use Essbase to analyze data and produce reports.You use a data source name (DSN) to specify the relational database destination for ExtendedAnalytics.

The following table describes options for Financial Management Extended Analyticsconfiguration.


DSN Name Enter the data source name.

(The UDL must already be created.)

DSN Path Enter or browse for the data sourcepath.

The DSN Path is the UDL for ExtendedAnalytics. You must have alreadycreated this UDL file. You can encryptthis UDL file if you name it with theextension .hfmudl. See “EncryptingUDL Files” on page 253.

Index Tablespace Optional: To specify the databasetablespaces in which the FinancialManagement data tables andindexes are created, select the indexlocation.



Note: For Oracle and IBM DB2SMS, you can specify only a datatablespace; index tablespaces arenot used.

Data Tablespace Optional: To specify the databasetablespaces in which the FinancialManagement data tables andindexes are created, select the datatable location.

To select a different UDL file after initial configuration, create the UDL file, rerun EPM SystemConfigurator, select “Configure Financial Management for Extended Analytics,” and specify thenew DSN.

You should not use the relational database and UDL file for Extended Analytics that you use foryour Financial Management applications. You should create a database for the exported starschema and data, and a UDL file that points to the database.

Note: When you use multiple servers with the Extended Analytics feature, you must set up eachapplication server so that these elements are the same on all servers: Clock Setting, DataSource, and UDL File.

Reporting and Analysis—Specific TasksConfigure Reporting and Analysis services.

Reporting and Analysis Service Configuration

ä Specify the following options to configure Reporting and Analysis services, or click Next to acceptthe defaults.

The following table describes options for Reporting and Analysis service configuration.


Service Name/Port Range For each listed Reporting andAnalysis Interactive Reportingservice, specify the range of ports touse, or click “Next” to keep thedefault port ranges.

Strategic Finance—Specific TasksDuring configuration, EPM System Configurator creates a default instance for Strategic Finance.


Strategic Finance Configuration

ä Specify the location of the Strategic Finance data directory, or click Next to accept the default.

The following table describes options for Strategic Finance configuration.


Data Directory The location for Strategic Financedata.

Upgrade Note!

If you are upgrading from a previousrelease of Strategic Finance, specifythe location of the data directory forthe previous release.

When you are prompted for the Directory for Server data files, do not specify the StrategicFinance data directory in a file share directory on a remote server or in an NAS (NetworkAttached Storage) area. Specify the data directory as a local hard drive or SAN (Storage AreaNetwork array).

Configure Strategic Finance Web Server

ä Specify the following options to configure the Strategic Finance Web server:

The following table describes options for Strategic Finance Web server configuration.


Enable Web Service Select to activate the StrategicFinance Web services ApplicationProgramming Interface for the Web.This must be enabled for the interfaceto FDM to work.

Select Strategic Finance Server Accept the default, or specify theStrategic Finance server to associatewith.

FDM—Specific Configuration TasksThis task updates the Shared Services Registry with information about FDM and registers FDMwith Shared Services; however, no pages appear, and you do not have to enter any information.See the Oracle Hyperion Financial Data Quality Management Configuration Guide for additionalinformation about configuring FDM.


Configure FDM Server

ä Select Configure FDM Server from the Task Selection page and proceed through EPM SystemConfigurator.

Performing Silent ConfigurationsSilent configurations automate the configuration process so that you can configure EPM Systemproducts on multiple computers without manually specifying configuration settings on eachmachine.

To enable silent configurations, record your configuration settings in a response file. You canthen run a silent configuration from the command line, using the configuration options thatwere saved in the response file.

ä To record configuration settings and run a silent configuration:

1 Navigate to the directory that contains EPM System Configurator. By default, the directory isHYPERION_HOME/common/config/9.5.0.0.

2 From a command line prompt, enter configtool.bat –record filename or ./configtool.sh –record filename, where filename includes an absolute path or file name.

The file is saved in XML format, but you do not have to save the file with a .xml extension.

EPM System Configurator launches.

If you do not specify a file name, EPM System Configurator creates the file for you:HYPERION_HOME/common/config/9.5.0.0/configResponse.xml.

3 Proceed through the EPM System Configurator, specifying the options that you want to record.

Note: When you are recording silent configurations, you can proceed through EPM SystemConfigurator only one time. (You cannot select go back to the Product Selection Panelto continue with more configuration tasks.) If you return to the Task Selection Panel, theresponse file is rerecorded.

Configuration options are recorded in the response file, which is in XML format. Passwords aresaved in encrypted format in the response file.

You are now ready to configure products in silent mode.

4 Copy the response file to the machine on which you configure products. You can also copy the file to anetwork drive that is accessible from the machines you want to configure.


configtool.bat -silent filename or ./configtool.sh -silent filename.

The configuration runs in the background.

Performing Silent Configurations 111

Note: Silent response files are not compatible between EPM System Release 11.1.1.0, Release11.1.1.1, and 11.1.1.2. If you created silent response files for use with EPM System Release11.1.1.0 or 11.1.1.1, you must re-create them for use with EPM System Release 11.1.1.2.If you are applying the maintenance release to go to Release 11.1.1.3, you need to re-createsilent response files only if you are installing ERP Integrator.

You can modify the response file later to change configuration options.

Tip: To change the password later, open the response file in a text editor, enter the password inclear text, and change the <encrypted> parameter to false. The next time you performa silent configuration using this response file, EPM System Configurator encrypts thepassword and reverts the <encrypted> parameter to true.

Setting Up the Shared Services Registry Without InstallingShared Services

If you want to install Essbase in standalone mode (not using Shared Services), you can skip theinstallation for Shared Services. However, you must still configure the Shared Services Registrydatabase. To configure the Shared Services Registry database without installing Shared Services,you run EPM System Configurator from the command line using the –forceRegistry option.This option forces the “Shared Services and Registry Database Configuration” page to displayduring configuration so you can enter database details for the Shared Services Registry. EPMSystem Configurator populates the database with tables for the Shared Services Registry, but notfor Shared Services.

ä To configure the Shared Services Registry without installing Shared Services:

1 Start EPM System Configurator from the command line, including the –forceRegistry option:

l From a Windows console, change to HYPERION_HOME/common/config/version_number, and then enter configtool.bat —forceRegistry.

l On UNIX, change to HYPERION_HOME/common/config/version_number and thentype ./configtool.sh —forceRegistry.

The –forceRegistry option also works with EPM System Configurator in silent mode and inconsole mode, for example:

configtool.bat|.sh -forceRegistry -record

configtool.bat|.sh -forceRegistry -silent

configtool.bat|.sh -forceRegistry -console

2 Proceed through the configuration, entering the database details for the Shared Services Registry.


What Happens During ConfigurationDuring product configuration, EPM System Configurator completes these actions:

l Performs the configuration tasks you selected.

l Configures help for products in EPM Workspace.

l Starts all the services on this machine.

l Configures each product to start as a Windows service, if you select this option on theCommon Settings page during configuration. An exception is Integration Services, whichis configured to start as a Windows service during installation.

l Creates a default Shared Services Administrator role in Native Directory when you configureShared Services. This is the only preprovisioned user created. Subsequently, when you useEPM System Configurator to register products with Shared Services, the Shared ServicesAdministrator role is provisioned with the product administrator role. Make sure to changethis password right away in the Shared Services Console.

Troubleshooting ConfigurationAll configuration warnings and errors are logged as follows:

HYPERION_HOME/logs/config

If you encounter errors, perform these tasks:

l Configure products individually.

l See the Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Installation andConfiguration Troubleshooting Guide for information about configuration checks,debugging using logs, troubleshooting methodology, and solutions to commonconfiguration issues.

What Happens During Configuration 113

5Starting and Stopping EPM

System Products

In This Chapter

Using a Single Script to Start Services... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Summary List of Services and Processes ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Services and Processes ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Launching Clients .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

This chapter identifies how to start EPM System products and lists them in the order in whichOracle recommends that they be started. This chapter also provides default URLs for EPMSystem products.

Before you start any services or processes, start all databases used as repositories.

Note: Some services or processes take longer than others to start, and startup times may varyby computer.

Using a Single Script to Start ServicesEPM System Installer installs a single start script in HYPERION_HOME/products/bin, calledstart.bat|sh. Running the single start script on a machine in your EPM System deploymentstarts all EPM System services installed on that machine.

Note: “Hyperion Financial Management - Management Service" must be started manually.

The single start script works by calling the individual start scripts for every product in therecommended startup order, specified in “Summary List of Services and Processes” on page116. Before you can use a service in this list, services preceding it in the list must be started. Whenyou use the single start script, some services may start before services they depend on start(because startup times vary). When this happens, you may need to wait to use some serviceswhile other services finish initializing.

After running the single start script, you can run EPM System Diagnostics to determine whichservices on a machine are running. See Chapter 6, “Validating the Installation.” Wait at leasttwo minutes after running the single start script before running EPM System Diagnostics, toallow services enough time to start.

Using a Single Script to Start Services 115

A single stop script, stop.bat|sh is also installed in HYPERION_HOME/products/bin.Running the stop script on a machine in your EPM System deployment stops all EPM Systemproducts on that machine.

Note: On WebLogic Server, batch files have a .cmd extension instead of a .bat extension.

Summary List of Services and ProcessesThe following EPM System product services and processes are listed below in their recommendedstartup order.

1. Databases for repositories.

2. Any corporate user directories that you plan to configure for use with Shared Services.

3. Shared Services OpenLDAP, or Oracle Internet Directory, depending on which is used asShared Services Native Directory.

4. Shared Services application server

5. Oracle's Hyperion® Remote Authentication Module

6. EPM Workspace Agent (CMC Agent)

7. EPM Workspace application server

8. EPM Workspace Web server

9. Performance Management Architect Services

10. Essbase Server

11. Administration Services application server

12. Smart Search application server

13. Integration Services Server

14. Essbase Studio Server

15. Provider Services application server

16. Reporting and Analysis (in any order):

a. Financial Reporting Services

b. Web Analysis application server

17. Remaining services or processes (in any order):

l Performance Management Architect application server

l Performance Management Architect Data Synchronizer application server

l Financial Reporting application server

l Calculation Manager application server

l Planning application server

l Financial Management service

116 Starting and Stopping EPM System Products

l Strategic Finance service

l Performance Scorecard application server

l Performance Scorecard Alerter application server

l Profitability and Cost Management application server

l Data Relationship Management services

l FDM Task Manager service

l Hyperion ERPI - Web Application

Services and ProcessesThe services and processes discussed in this topic are listed in the order in which Oraclerecommends that they be started.

Databases for RepositoriesDatabases for repositories.

Corporate User DirectoriesAny corporate user directories that you plan to configure for use with Shared Services. See thevendor documentation for startup instructions.

Shared Services OpenLDAP or Oracle Internet Directory

Note: See Oracle Internet Directory documentation for more information.

The following table describes the services and processes for Shared Services OpenLDAP.

Table 15 Shared Services OpenLDAP Service/Process

Information Type Details

Windows Start MenuCommand

NA

Registered Service Name OpenLDAP-slapd

Display Name in WindowsServices Control Panel

Hyperion Foundation OpenLDAP

Description Provides support to access the Shared Services OpenLDAP repository

Windows Startup Script HYPERION_HOME/products/Foundation/openLDAP/startService.bat

Services and Processes 117


UNIX Startup Script HYPERION_HOME/products/Foundation/openLDAP/startOpenLDAP.sh

Windows Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/products/Foundation/openLDAP/stopService.bat

UNIX Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/products/Foundation/openLDAP/stopOpenLDAP.sh

Shared Services Application ServerThe following table describes the services and processes for the Shared Services applicationserver.

Table 16 Shared Services Application Server Services and Processes


Windows StartMenu Command

Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Foundation Services, and then StartShared Services

Registered ServiceName

HyS9Shared Services

Display Name inWindows ServicesControl Panel

Hyperion Foundation Shared Services - Web Application

Description Hyperion Shared Services that support Hyperion applications, including authentication, userprovisioning, task flow management, data and metadata synchronization

Windows StartupScript

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startSharedServices9.bat

UNIX StartupScript

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startSharedServices9.sh

Windows StopScript

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopSharedServices9.bat

UNIX Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopSharedServices9.sh

Stopping Shared Services on WebLogic ServerOn WebLogic Server, if a message that suggests using the FORCESHUTDOWN command isdisplayed, use the FORCESHUTDOWN command to stop Shared Services server.

ä To stop Shared Services server on WebLogic Server using the FORCESHUTDOWN command:

1 In a text editor, open the stop script.

2 In the file, find SHUTDOWN, and replace it with FORCESHUTDOWN.

3 Save and execute the file.


Starting and Stopping Remote Authentication ModuleUse Remote Authentication Module in a UNIX environment when you are using NTLM forauthentication.

To start and stop Remote Authentication Module, use startHRAM.bat|sh andstopHRAM.bat|sh, in HYPERION_HOME/products/Foundation/server/scripts.

EPM Workspace Agent (CMC Agent)The following table describes the services and processes for the EPM Workspace Agent.

Table 17 EPM Workspace Agent: Configuration and Monitoring Console



Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Workspace, and then StartWorkspace Agent Services.


HyS9Core1


Hyperion Workspace - Agent Service

Description HyS9Core1, Provides service infrastructure to run services locally

Windows Startup Script HYPERION_HOME/common/workspacert/9.5.0.0/bin/startAgent.bat

UNIX Startup Script HYPERION_HOME/common/workspacert/9.5.0.0/bin/startAgent.sh

Windows Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/common/workspacert/9.5.0.0/bin/stopAgent.bat

UNIX Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/common/workspacert/9.5.0.0/bin/stopAgent.sh

Services and Processes Started with EPM Workspace AgentWhen the EPM Workspace Agent is started, these additional services and processes are started,in the following order:

1. EPM Workspace common processes and Interactive Reporting process.

2. Annotation Service

The following table describes the services and processes for the Annotation Service.

Table 18 Annotation Service


Registered Service Name HyS9Annotation

Display Name in Windows Services Control Panel Hyperion Annotation Server



Description HyS9Annotation - Provides Annotation support forHyperion products.

EPM Workspace UI (CMC UI)The following table describes the services and processes for the EPM Workspace user interface.

Table 19 EPM Workspace UI: Configuration and Monitoring Console



Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Workspace, then Utilities andAdministration, and then Start Workspace Agent UI


HYPERION_HOME/commmon/workspacert/9.5.0.0/bin/startUI.bat

Windows Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/commmon/workspacert/9.5.0.0/bin/stopUI.bat

UNIX Startup Script HYPERION_HOME/commmon/workspacert/9.5.0.0/bin/startUI.sh

UNIX Startup Script HYPERION_HOME/commmon/workspacert/9.5.0.0/bin/startUI.sh

UNIX Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/commmon/workspacert/9.5.0.0/bin/stopUI.sh

EPM Workspace Application ServerThe following table describes the services and processes for the EPM Workspace applicationserver.

Table 20 EPM Workspace Application Server Services and Processes



Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Workspace, and then StartWorkspace


HyS9Workspace


Hyperion Workspace - Web Application

Description HyS9Workspace - Hyperion Workspace - Web application web application for APP_SERVERAPP_VERSION


HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startWorkspace.bat



UNIX StartupScript

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startWorkspace.sh

Windows StopScript

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopWorkspace.bat

UNIX Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopWorkspace.sh

EPM Workspace Web ServerThe following table describes the services and processes for the EPM Workspace Web server.

Table 21 EPM Workspace Web Server Services and Processes

InformationType

Details

RegisteredService Name

l Embedded Java Container: HyS9Apache2

l IIS: IISADMIN

l IHS 6.1: IBMHTTPServer6.1

Display Name inWindowsServices ControlPanel

l Embedded Java Container: Hyperion Apache 2.0

l IIS: IIS Admin Service

l IHS 6.1: IBM HTTP Server 6.1

Descriptionl Embedded Java Container: Apache

l IIS: Enables this server to administer Web and FTP services. If this service is stopped, theserver will be unable to run Web, FTP, NNTP, or SMTP sites or configure IIS. If this service isdisabled, any services that explicitly depend on it will fail to start.

l IHS 6.1: IBM_HTTP_Server

WindowsStartup Script(Embedded JavaContainer only)

HYPERION_HOME/common/httpServers/Apache/2.0.59/bin/Apache.exe

UNIX StartupScript(Embedded JavaContainer only)

HYPERION_HOME/common/httpServers/Apache/2.0.59/bin/apachectl{start|restart}

Windows StopScript(Embedded JavaContainer only)

NA

UNIX StopScript(Embedded JavaContainer only)

HYPERION_HOME/common/httpServers/Apache/2.0.59/bin/apachectl stop


Performance Management Architect ServicesThe following table describes the services and processes for the Performance ManagementArchitect services.

Table 22 Performance Management Architect Services

InformationType

Details

Windows StartMenuCommand

Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Foundation Services, then PerformanceManagement Architect, and then Start Dimension Server


Process Manager: HyS9BPMA_ProcessManager

Process Manager automatically starts the following services:

l Engine Manager: HyS9BPMA_EngineManager

l Job Manager: HyS9BPMA_JobManager

l Event Manager: HyS9BPMA_EventManager

l .NET JNI Bridge: HyS9BPMA_NetJNIBridge

Display Namein WindowsServicesControl Panel

Process Manager: Hyperion EPM Architect - Process Manager

Process Manager automatically starts the following services:

l Engine Manager: Hyperion EPM Architect - Engine Manager

l Job Manager: Hyperion BPM Architect - Job Manager

l Event Manager: Hyperion BPM Architect - Event Manager

l .NET JNI Bridge: Hyperion EPM Architect - .NET JNI Bridge

Descriptionl Process Manager: Manages all instances of EPM Architect Dimension Server. There is only one

instance of EPM Architect Process Manager per installation of EPM Architect.

l Engine Manager: Starts and stops instances of EPM Architect Dimension Server when requestedby EPM Architect Process Manager. There could be multiple instances of EPM Architect EngineManager in the same instance of EPM Architect (one per machine).

l Job Manager: Manages long-running tasks performed by EPM Architect.

l Event Manager: Distributes event messages between the various server processes of EPMArchitect.

l .NET JNI Bridge: Acts as a bridge between .NET process and CSS

WindowsStartup Script

NA

UNIX StartupScript

NA

Windows StopScript

NA

UNIX StopScript

NA


For information on additional Performance Management Architect services, see “PerformanceManagement Architect Application Server” on page 129 and “Performance ManagementArchitect Data Synchronizer Application Server” on page 130.

The following table describes the services and processes for the Performance ManagementArchitect Web services.

Table 23 Performance Management Architect Web Services


Registered Service Name IISAdmin

Display Name in Windows Services Control Panel IIS Admin Service

Description Enables this server to administer Web and FTP services. If thisservice is stopped, the server will be unable to run Web, FTP,NNTP, or SMTP sites or configure IIS. If this service is disabled,any services that explicitly depend on it will fail to start.

Essbase ServerThe following table describes the services and processes for the Essbase Server services.

Table 24 Essbase Server Services and Processes



Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Essbase, then Essbase Server, andthen Essbase

This command launches startEssbase.cmd.


Hys9ESBAgent11.1.1_servername

Display Name inWindowsServices ControlPanel

Hyperion Essbase Services 11.1.1 - ServiceName

Description Essbase Server Service


l Essbase Server — ESSBASEPATH/bin/startEssbase.cmd

l ESSCMD — ESSBASEPATH/bin/startEsscmd.cmd

l essmsh — ESSBASEPATH/bin/startMaxl.cmd

All the scripts call setEssbaseEnv.cmd to set up ESSBASEPATH, ARBORPATH, and PATHbefore starting.

Each instance of Essbase Server has its own startup script.

UNIX StartupScript

l Essbase Server — ESSBASEPATH/bin/startEssbase.sh

l ESSCMD — ESSBASEPATH/bin/startEsscmd.sh

l essmsh — ESSBASEPATH/bin/startMaxl.sh



All the scripts call hyperionenv.doc to set up ESSBASEPATH, ARBORPATH, and PATH beforestarting.

Each instance of Essbase Server has its own startup script.

Windows StopScript

NA

UNIX Stop Script NA

Start Essbase Server using the Start menu command or startEssbase.cmd to ensure thatenvironment variables are set.

When starting Essbase for the first time, you must enter a company name, user name andpassword. No password is required on subsequent startups.

Note: If you installed an additional instance of Essbase, startEssbase.sh is located inHYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase-n/EssbaseServer/bin. Launch the startscript from this location to launch this instance of Essbase.

When multiple instances of Essbase Server are installed on one computer, you must specify aunique port number for each instance. By default, the first instance of Essbase Server uses portnumber 1423, which is specified in EPM System Configurator. Specify a different port numberfor the second instance during configuration with EPM System Configurator. You connect tosubsequent installations by specifying the machine name and the agent port number, in theform: machineName:agentPort when connecting.

Stopping Essbase Server can take some time, depending on how many Essbase applications arerunning on the server. To stop Essbase Server, you need Administrator permissions. You canuse any of the following methods:

l Administration Services Console: In the Enterprise View, right-click the Essbase Server nodeand then select Stop.

l MaxL: Use the alter system shutdown; command.

l Agent: If you started Agent in the foreground, you can use the quit command.

l ESSCMD: Use the SHUTDOWNSERVER command.

Caution! When running Essbase Server as a Windows service, do not stop the service fromWindows Services Control Panel.

For more information about stopping Essbase Server, see the Oracle Essbase DatabaseAdministrator's Guide and the Oracle Essbase Technical Reference.


Administration Services Application ServerThe following table describes the services and processes for the Administration Servicesapplication server.

Table 25 Administration Services Application Server Service/Process



Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Essbase, then AdministrationServices, and then Start Administration Services


Hys9eas


Hyperion Administration Services - Web Application

Description Controls the running of an Applications Server


HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/starteas.bat

UNIX Startup Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/starteas.sh

Windows Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopeas.bat

UNIX Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopeas.sh

Note: When you start Administration Server, ARBORPATH is set internally to: EAS_HOME/server. This internal setting overrides (but does not replace) the value for theARBORPATH system environment variable, if it is set on the same computer. EAS_HOME isthe directory where you install Administration Services.

Smart Search Application ServerThe following table describes the services and processes for the Smart Search application server.

Table 26 Smart Search Application Server



Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Essbase, then Smart Search,and then Start Essbase Provider (Embedded Java Container)

Registered Service Name HyS9SmartSearch


Hyperion Smart Search – Web Application



Description HyS9SmartSearch—Controls the running of an Applications Server

Windows Startup Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startSmartSearch.bat

UNIX Startup Script NA

Windows Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopSmartSearch.bat

UNIX Stop Script NA

Integration Services ServerThe following table describes the services and processes for the Integration Services server.

Table 27 Integration Services Server Service/Process



Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Essbase, then Integration Services,and then Server*


Hyperion Integration Services


Hyperion Integration Services

Description Hyperion Integration Services


HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/eis/server/bin/startup.bat

UNIX Startup Script $HOME/Hyperion/products/Essbase/eis/server/ais_start

Note: Running ais_start automatically configures the environment by calling is.sh andstarts Integration Services.

Windows StopScript

HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/eis/server/bin/shutdownEIS.bat

UNIX Stop Script $HOME/Hyperion/products/Essbase/eis/server/ais_stop

*For more information on starting and stopping Integration Services Server from the command line, on other startup switches for theolapisvr command, and on using the ais.cfg file, see the Essbase Integration Services System Administrator's Guide.

Essbase Studio ServerThe following table describes the services and processes for the Essbase Studio server.


Table 28 Essbase Studio Server



Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Essbase, then EssbaseStudio, and then Start Server

Registered Service Name NA


NA

Description NA

Windows Startup Script HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/EssbaseStudio/Server/startServer.bat

UNIX Startup Script HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/EssbaseStudio/Server/startServer.sh

Windows Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/EssbaseStudio/Server/stopServer.bat

UNIX Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/EssbaseStudio/Server/stopServer.sh

Provider Services Application ServerThe following table describes the services and processes for the Provider Services applicationserver.

Table 29 Provider Services Application Server Services and Processes



Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Essbase, then Provider Services,and then Start Provider Services


HyS9aps


Hyperion Provider Services - Web Application

Description Controls the running of an Applications Server


HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startaps.bat

UNIX Startup Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startaps.sh

Windows Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopaps.bat



UNIX Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopaps.sh

Reporting and Analysis Services and Processes

Financial ReportingThe following table describes the services and processes for Financial Reporting.

Table 30 Financial Reporting Services and Processes

InformationType

Details


Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Reporting and Analysis, and then StartFinancial Reporting


l Hyperion Financial Reporting Java RMI Registry: HyS9FRRMI

l Hyperion Financial Reporting Print Server: HyS9FRPrint

l Hyperion Financial Reporting Report Server: HyS9FRReport

l Hyperion Financial Reporting Scheduler Server: HyS9FRSched


l Hyperion Financial Reporting - Java RMI Registry

l Hyperion Financial Reporting - Print Server

l Hyperion Financial Reporting - Report Server

l Hyperion Financial Reporting - Scheduler Server

Descriptionl Hyperion Financial Reporting RMI Registry Service: HyS9FRRMI - Provides a Java RMI Registry

for Financial Reporting

l Hyperion Financial Reporting Print Server: HyS9FRPrint - Generates PDF, batch, and scheduledjob output for Financial Reporting

l Hyperion Financial Reporting Report Server: HyS9FRReport - Generates and formats reportsand books, including specified calculations for Financial Reporting

l Hyperion Financial Reporting Scheduler Server: HyS9FRSched - Responds to scheduled batchrequests for Financial Reporting


HYPERION_HOME/deployments/AppServerNameAndVersion/bin/startFinancialReporting.bat

UNIX StartupScript

HYPERION_HOME/products/biplus/bin/freporting start

Windows StopScript

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/AppServerNameAndVersion/bin/stopFinancialReporting.bat

UNIX StopScript

HYPERION_HOME/products/biplus/bin/freporting stop


Web Analysis Application ServerThe following table describes the services and processes for the Web Analysis application server.

Table 31 Web Analysis Application Server Services and Processes



Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Reporting and Analysis, and thenStart Web Analysis


HyS9WebAnalysis

Display Name inWindows Control

Hyperion Web Analysis - Web Application

Description HyS9WebAnalysis - Hyperion Web Analysis - Web Application web application forAppServerNameAndVersion.


HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startWebAnalysis.bat

UNIX StartupScript

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startWebAnalysis.sh

Windows StopScript

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopWebAnalysis.bat

UNIX Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopWebAnalysis.sh

Remaining Services or ProcessesThe following application server services or processes can be started in any order.

Performance Management Architect Application ServerThe following table describes the services and processes for the Performance ManagementArchitect application server.

Table 32 Performance Management Architect Application Server Services and Processes



Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Foundation Services, thenPerformance Management Architect, and then Start Performance Management Architect Web


HyS9EPMAWebTier


Hyperion EPM Architect - Web Application



Description Hyperion EPM Architect Web


HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startEPMAWebServer.bat

UNIX Startup Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startEPMAWebServer.sh

Windows StopScript

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopEPMAWebServer.bat

UNIX Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopEPMAWebServer.sh

Performance Management Architect Data Synchronizer Application ServerThe following table describes the services and processes for the Performance ManagementArchitect Data Synchronizer application server.

Table 33 Performance Management Architect Data Synchronizer Application Server Services



Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Foundation Services, thenPerformance Management Architect, and then Start Data Synchronizer


HyS9EPMADataSynchronizer


Hyperion EPM Architect Data Synchronization - Web Application

Description Hyperion EPM Architect Data Synchronizations Engine


HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startEPMADataSynchronizer.bat

UNIX StartupScript

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startEPMADataSynchronizer.sh

Windows StopScript

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopEPMADataSynchronizer.bat

UNIX Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopEPMADataSynchronizer.sh

Financial Reporting Application ServerThe following table describes the services and processes for the Financial Reporting applicationserver.


Table 34 Financial Reporting Application Server Services and Processes



Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Reporting and Analysis, and thenStart Financial Reporting


HyS9FRWeb


Hyperion Financial Reporting - Web application

Description HyS9FRWeb - Provides a Workspace module for Financial Reporting


HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startFinancialReporting.bat

UNIX StartupScript

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startFinancialReporting.sh

Windows StopScript

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopFinancialReporting.bat

UNIX Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopFinancialReporting.sh

Calculation ManagerThe following table describes the services and processes for Calculation Manager.

Table 35 Calculation Manager Services and Processes



Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Calculation Manager, and thenStart CALC


HyS9CALC


Hyperion CALC Manager - Web Application

Description Provide access service to CALC Manager Web Server


HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startcalcmgr.bat

UNIX Startup Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startcalcmgr.sh

Windows Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopcalcmgr.bat



UNIX Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopcalcmgr.sh

Planning Application ServerThe following table describes the services and processes for the Planning application server.

Table 36 Planning Application Server Services and Processes



Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Planning, and then Start Planning


HyS9Planning


Hyperion Planning - Web Application

Description Provides access support for Planning Web server


HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startHyperionPlanning.bat

UNIX Startup Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startHyperionPlanning.sh

Windows StopScript

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopHyperionPlanning.bat

UNIX Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopHyperionPlanning.sh

Financial ManagementThe following table describes the services and processes for Financial Management.

Table 37 Financial Management Services and Processes

InformationType

Details


Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Financial Management, and thenFinancial Management


l Hyperion Financial Management Service: Hyperion S9 Financial Management Service

l Hyperion Financial Management DME Listener: Hyperion S9 Financial Management DMEListener

l Hyperion Financial Management Web Service Manager: HFMWebServiceManager


InformationType

Details


l Hyperion Financial Management Service: Hyperion Financial Management – ManagementService

l Hyperion Financial Management DME Listener: Hyperion Financial Management – DME Listener

l Hyperion Financial Management Web Service Manager: Hyperion Financial Management – WebService Manager

Descriptionl Hyperion Financial Management Service: Service which perpetuates application instances for

optimal login performance

l Hyperion Financial Management DME Listener: Hyperion Financial Management IP Listener forcommunication with the Hyperion Data Movement Engine. If this service is stopped, the DMEWeb service will be unable to communicate with all HFM instances on this server.

l Hyperion Financial Management Web Service Manager: Manages the session information forconnection in the Financial Management web server.


HYPERION_HOME/products/FinancialManagement/Client/HFM.exe

UNIX StartupScript

NA

Windows StopScript

NA

UNIX StopScript

NA

Note: The synchronization between Financial Management application servers is based onsystem time. Changing the clock can affect this synchronization. For the time change toand from Daylight Savings Time, Oracle recommends that you stop the servers before thetime change and restart them afterward.

Strategic FinanceThe following table describes the services and processes for Strategic Finance.

Table 38 Strategic Finance Services and Processes



Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Strategic Finance, thenServer, and then Start Strategic Finance Service


HyHSFSrv


Hyperion Strategic Finance Service



Description Provides Oracle Hyperion Strategic Finance, Fusion Edition services including entityrepository management, authentication, access control, consolidation, data andmetadata management.

Windows Startup Script HYPERION_HOME/products/hsf/server/StartHSFService.bat


Windows Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/products/hsf/server/StopHSFService.bat

UNIX Stop Script NA

Performance Scorecard Application ServerThe following table describes the services and processes for the Performance Scorecardapplication server.

Table 39 Performance Scorecard Application Server Services and Processes



Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Scorecard, and then StartScorecard


HyS9HPSWebReports


Hyperion Performance Scorecard Web Reports - Web Application

Description Provides scorecarding methodologies to measure and monitor business performance.


HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startHPSWebReports.bat

UNIX Startup Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startHPSWebReports.sh

Windows StopScript

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopHPSWebReports.bat

UNIX Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopHPSWebReports.sh

Performance Scorecard Alerter Application ServerThe following table describes the services and processes for the Performance Scorecard Alerterapplication server.


Table 40 Performance Scorecard Alerter Application Server Services and Processes



Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Scorecard, and then Start AlerterService


HyS9HPSAlerter


Hyperion Performance Scorecard Alerter - Web Application

Description Notifies subscribers by e-mail when the performance of key measures, scorecards, or otherpoints of vital information, depart from an acceptable range.


HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startHPSAlerter.bat

UNIX Startup Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startHPSAlerter.sh

Windows Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopHPSAlerter.bat

UNIX Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopHPSAlerter.sh

Profitability and Cost ManagementThe following table describes the services and processes for Profitability and Cost Management.

Table 41 Profitability and Cost Management Services and Processes



Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Profitability, and then StartProfitability


HyS9PftWeb


Hyperion Profitability - Web Application

Description Provides a Workspace module for Profitability


HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startProfitability.bat

UNIX Startup Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startProfitability.sh

Windows StopScript

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopProfitability.bat



UNIX Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopProfitability.sh

Data Relationship ManagementThe following table describes the services and processes for Data Relationship Management.

Table 42 Data Relationship Management Services and Processes



l Services: Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Data RelationshipManagement, and then Data Relationship Management Console

l Web Publishing: Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then DataRelationship Management, then Web Publishing, and then Web Publishing Console


l Services: HyS9MDMSvc

l Web Publishing: HyS9MDMWebPubSvc


l Services: Oracle Hyperion Data Relationship Management

l Web Publishing: Oracle Hyperion Data Relationship Management Web Publishing

Descriptionl Services: HyS9MDMSvc - Oracle Hyperion Data Relationship Management Services

l Web Publishing: HyS9MDMWebPubSvc - Oracle Hyperion Data Relationship ManagementWeb Publishing


NA

UNIX StartupScript

NA

Windows StopScript

NA

UNIX Stop Script: NA

FDMThe following table describes the services and processes for FDM.

Table 43 FDM Task Manager Services and Processes


Windows Start Menu Command Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, thenFinancial Data Quality Management, then Task Manager, andthen Task Manager

Registered Service Name HyS9FDMTaskManagerSrv



Display Name in Windows Services ControlPanel

Hyperion Financial Data Quality Management - Task Manager

Description Provides the ability to schedule Hyperion Financial Data QualityManagement tasks.

Windows Startup Script NA


Windows Stop Script NA

UNIX Stop Script NA

ERP IntegratorThe following table describes the services and processes for ERP Integrator.

Table 44 ERP Integrator Services and Processes



Select Start, then Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Performance Manager Integrator,and then Start aif.


HyS9aifWeb


Hyperion ERPI - Web Application

Description Provides a Workspace module for ERPI.


HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startERPIntegrator.cmd

UNIX Startup Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/startERPIntegrator.sh

Windows StopScript

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopERPIntegrator.cmd

UNIX Stop Script HYPERION_HOME/deployments/APP_SERVER_NAME_AND_VERSION/bin/stopERPIntegrator.sh

Launching ClientsThis section describes how to launch EPM System clients. It lists default URLs and script namesas appropriate. Most clients can also be started using the Windows Start menu.

The following table describes the URLs and scripts for launching EPM System clients.

Launching Clients 137

Table 45 Launching Clients

Client URL Script or Other Launch Method

Shared Services Console http://Server:Port/interop/

NA

EPM Workspace

From EPM Workspace, you canaccess the following products:


l Planning

l Performance ManagementArchitect



l Profitability and CostManagement

l Reporting and Analysis

l ERP Integrator

http://Server:Port/workspace/

From the Start menu, selectPrograms, then Oracle EPM System,then Workspace, and thenWorkspace URL.

Smart View NA Use the Hyperion menu or Hyperionribbon in Microsoft Excel, MicrosoftWord, or Microsoft PowerPoint.

Administration Services Console http://server:port/easconsole/console.html

HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/eas/console/bin/admincon.exe

Integration Services Console NA HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/eis/console/bin/startclient.bat

Essbase Studio Console NA HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/EssbaseStudio/Console/startStudio.bat

Smart Search Console NA HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/SmartSearch/StartSmartSearchProvider.bat

Strategic Finance Client NA HYPERION_HOME/products/hsf/Client/HSF.exe

Data Relationship ManagementClient

NA HYPERION_HOME/master datamanagement/mdm_ntier_client_http.exe

Data Relationship Management WebPublishing Client

http://Server_Name/mdm_web

NA

FDM Console http://WebServerName/HyperionFDM

NA


6Validating the Installation

In This Chapter

About EPM System Diagnostics .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Prerequisites.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Using EPM System Diagnostics.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Foundation Services Diagnostics .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Essbase Diagnostics .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Reporting and Analysis Diagnostics .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Financial Performance Management Applications Diagnostics.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Data Management Diagnostics .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

About EPM System DiagnosticsEPM System Diagnostics tests the connectivity of installed and configured EPM Systemcomponents. Run EPM System Diagnostics on each machine in the deployment. The results ofthe tests are saved in HTML format.

PrerequisitesBefore using EPM System Diagnostics, complete these prerequisites:

l Install EPM System products. See Chapter 3, “Installing EPM System Products.”

l Use EPM System Configurator to perform all configuration tasks required for each product.See Chapter 4, “Configuring EPM System Products.”

Using EPM System Diagnostics

ä To run EPM System Diagnostics:

1 Choose a method:

l (Windows) In HYPERION_HOME/common/validation/version number, double-clickvalidate.bat.

l Launch EPM System Diagnostics from the last page of EPM System Configurator.

About EPM System Diagnostics 139

l From the Start Menu, choose Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then FoundationServices, and then EPM System Diagnostics.

l (UNIX) From a console, change to HYPERION_HOME/common/validation/versionnumber, then type validate.sh.

Progress is shown in the command window.

2 To view results, navigate to HYPERION_HOME/common/validation/version number/reports and open validation_report_date_time.html.

3 Look for failed tests, and diagnose and fix problems.

EPM System Diagnostics creates a ZIP file of all the logs in HYPERION_HOME/logszips for yourconvenience.

For more information about logs, see Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance ManagementSystem Installation and Configuration Troubleshooting Guide.

4 Run EPM System Diagnostics again and view the report to verify that problems are solved.

Note: Clicking Refresh in the browser does not refresh the report output.

The report captures the following information:

l Test date and time

l Test Status: Passed or Failed for each test

l Service: Type of test for each test

l Test Description: A detailed description of each test

l Duration: Duration of each test

l Test start time

l Test end time

l Total test duration

Foundation Services Diagnostics The following table describes the EPM System Diagnostics tests performed for FoundationServices products.

Product/Component Type of Test Test Performed

Shared Services CFG: Configuration Checks whether all configurationtasks have been completed

DB: Database Checks connection to databasehost:port;databaseName

EXT: External Authentication Checks Native Directory externalauthentication provider configuration

140 Validating the Installation


OPN: OpenLDAP Checks if global roles number no lessthan 16

OPN: OpenLDAP Checks connection to OpenLDAP

SSO Checks availability of login to SharedServices

WEB: Web application Checks availability of Webapplication interop onhost:port

EPM Workspace CFG: Configuration Checks whether all configurationtasks have been completed


EXT: External Authentication Checks external authenticationprovider configuration

HSS: Shared Services Checks availability of SharedServices

HTTP: http Checks availability of HTTP context forproducts registered with EPMWorkspace using EPM WorkspaceWeb server configuration:

LOG: Login Confirms that applications that areregistered with EPM Workspace arereachable

SSO Checks availability of login to EPMWorkspace

REG: Registry For each application deployed withEPM Workspace, confirms there is avalid Web server entry in the SharedServices Registry

SDKC: SDK Checker Validates that EPM Workspaceservices are running andcommunicating:

l GSM service

l Repository service

l Interactive Reporting service

HTTP: http (Windows only) Check string LoadModule jk_module modules/mod_jk inHYPERION_HOME/common/httpServers/Apache/2.0.59/conf/httpd.conf

Foundation Services Diagnostics 141


WEB: Web application Checks availability of Webapplication workspace onhost:port

Performance Management Architect CFG: Configuration Checks whether all configurationtasks have been completed


DSC: EPMA Dimension ServerConfiguration

Checks whether the DimensionServer service started

PMAE: EPMA Service Checks whether the Event Managerservice is available

PMAJ: EPMA Service Checks whether the Job Managerservice is available

PMAP: EPMA Service Checks whether the Process Managerservice is available

EXT: External Authentication Checks external authenticationprovider configuration

HSS Shared Services Checks availability of SharedServices

WEB: Web application Checks availability of Webapplication awb on host:port

WEB: Web application Checks availability of Webapplication DataSync onhost:port

Calculation Manager CFG: Configuration Checks whether all configurationtasks have been completed




WEB: Web application Checks availability of Webapplication calcmgr onhost:port

Essbase Diagnostics The following table describes the EPM System Diagnostics tests performed for Essbase products.



Essbase CFG: Configuration Checks whether all configurationtasks have been completed

EAS: Essbase Server Checks whether Essbase server isrunning on host:port

EAS: Essbase Server Checks connection to Essbase Serverwith MAXL

SVR: Essbase Java API Checks connection to Essbase usingthe Essbase Java API



Provider Services CFG: Configuration Checks whether all configurationtasks have been completed



WEB: Web application Checks availability of Webapplication aps on host:port

Administration Services CFG: Configuration Checks whether all configurationtasks have been completed




Web application Checks availability of Webapplication eas on host:port

Web application Checks availability of Webapplication hbrlauncher onhost:port


Essbase Studio CFG: Configuration Checks whether all configurationtasks have been completed


Essbase Diagnostics 143


ESS: Essbase Studio Server Checks whether Essbase Studioserver is running on host:port



Smart Search CFG: Configuration Checks whether all configurationtasks have been completed

WEB: Web application Checks availability of Webapplication EssbaseSearch onhost:port

Essbase Client WR: Windows Registry Checks whether EQD Excel Add-in isregistered to Excel.

Reporting and Analysis Diagnostics The following table describes the EPM System Diagnostics tests performed for Reporting andAnalysis products.

Component Type of Test Test Performed

Reporting and Analysis CFG: Configuration Checks whether all configurationtasks have been completed

SVR: Essbase Java API Checks connection to Essbase usingthe Essbase Java API

Financial Reporting WEB: Web application Checks availability of Webapplication hr on host:port

Web Analysis WEB: Web application Checks availability of Webapplication WebAnalysis onhost:port

Financial Performance Management Applications DiagnosticsThe following table describes the EPM System Diagnostics tests performed for FinancialPerformance Management Applications products.


Planning CFG: Configuration Checks whether all configurationtasks have been completed






WEB: Web application Checks availability of Webapplication HyperionPlanningon host:port

Financial Management CFG: Configuration Checks whether all configurationtasks have been completed



CCFG: HFM Cluster configuration Checks whether FinancialManagement cluster registration wassuccessful

SVR: Server Registration Checks whether FinancialManagement server registration wassuccessful

SVR: HFM Service Validation Checks whether FinancialManagement service is working

WSVR: HFM Web server Checks whether FinancialManagement Web server startup wassuccessful

ASC: HFM Application ServerConfiguration

Checks whether the applicationserver is started


LCM: Lifecycle Management Server Checks whether LCMServer startupwas successful

SVCS: Smart View Server Checks whether Smart View Webserver startup was successful

Performance Scorecard CFG: Configuration Checks whether all configurationtasks have been completed



Financial Performance Management Applications Diagnostics 145



WEB: Web application Checks availability of Webapplication HPSWebReports onhost:port

WEB: Web application Checks availability of Webapplication HPSAlerter onhost:port

Strategic Finance CFG: Configuration Checks whether all configurationtasks have been completed



WEB: Strategic Finance Web service Checks availability of the StrategicFinance Web services

Profitability and Cost Management CFG: Configuration Checks whether all configurationtasks have been completed




WEB: Web application Checks availability of Webapplication profitability onhost:port

Data Management Diagnostics The following table describes the EPM System Diagnostics tests performed for Data Managementproducts.


FDM CFG: Configuration Checks whether all configurationtasks have been completed





ERP Integrator CFG: Configuration Checks whether all configurationtasks have been completed




WEB: Web App Checks availability of Webapplication aif on host:port

Data Management Diagnostics 147

7Performing Postconfiguration

Tasks

In This Chapter

General Postconfiguration Tasks... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Shared Services Postconfiguration Tasks ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Performance Management Architect Postconfiguration Tasks ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

EPM Workspace Postconfiguration Tasks ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Essbase Postconfiguration Tasks ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Integration Services Postconfiguration Tasks... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Administration Services Postconfiguration Tasks ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Provider Services Postconfiguration Tasks... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Essbase Studio Postconfiguration Tasks... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Reporting and Analysis Postconfiguration Tasks ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Planning Postconfiguration Tasks... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Financial Management Postconfiguration Tasks ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Strategic Finance Postconfiguration Tasks ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Performance Scorecard Postconfiguration Tasks ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

FDM Postconfiguration Tasks ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

ERP Integrator Postconfiguration Tasks ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Data Relationship Management Postconfiguration Tasks ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Some products require additional steps after configuration.

General Postconfiguration TasksThe following table describes general postconfiguration tasks for EPM System products.

Table 46 General Postconfiguration Tasks

Task Reference

Optional: Increase the JVM memory allocation for your Web ApplicationServer

“Increasing the JVM Memory Allocation” onpage 150

Optional: Harden security for EPM System products. Oracle Hyperion Enterprise PerformanceManagement System SecurityAdministration Guide

General Postconfiguration Tasks 149

Increasing the JVM Memory AllocationDepending on the size of your environment, you might need to increase the heap size for yourWeb application server to optimize performance. While the default can be used in a testenvironment (single server type configuration), the heap size must be increased for use in aproduction environment (multiple servers).

To increase the heap size for the Windows service, update the Windows registry for Windowsservices using regedit. For HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Hyperion Solutions\Product Component\ServiceName, update the JVMOptionX (where X is 1, 2, ...) whosevalue starts with -Xmx.

ä To increase the JVM memory allocation:

1 Edit your start script to specify the desired heap sizes.

Oracle recommends a maximum setting of 1024. (Size is in megabytes.)

For example, you can change the custom startup scripts. For Shared Services, openHYPERION_HOME/deployments/app_server/bin/

setCustomParamsSharedServices.bat|.sh and modify the –Xms128m –Xmx1024m entry.

2 Restart the Windows service or the script for the product.

Shared Services Postconfiguration TasksThe following table describes Shared Services postconfiguration tasks.

Table 47 Shared Services Postconfiguration Tasks

Task Reference

(Optional) Enable Remote Authentication Module if you are implementing security usingan NTLM provider and using UNIX on the computer where the EPM System applicationsoftware is installed. (Remote Authentication Module is installed with Oracle's Hyperion®Foundation Services.)

“Configuring NTLM” inOracle HyperionEnterprise PerformanceManagement SystemSecurity AdministrationGuide

Optional: You can set up Shared Services to use Oracle Internet Directory as the NativeDirectory instead of using OpenLDAP, which is installed and used by default.

Oracle HyperionEnterprise PerformanceManagement SystemSecurity AdministrationGuide

Performance Management Architect Postconfiguration TasksThe following table describes Performance Management Architect postconfiguration tasks.

150 Performing Postconfiguration Tasks

Table 48 Performance Management Architect Postconfiguration Tasks

Task Reference

(WebLogic Server only) After you deploy Performance Management Architect,depending on your environment, you might need to increase the Max Thread executiontime (defined by the StuckThreadMaxTime attribute value) for the application server.

Increasing this value prevents long processes from terminating.

WebLogic Serverapplication serverdocumentation

Optional: Perform server administration tasks. “Administering Servers” inthe Hyperion EnterprisePerformance ManagementArchitect Administrator’sGuide

Optional: Edit settings in the bpma_server_config.xml file.

The BPMA_Server_Config.xml file has two main elements, DimensionServerand log4net. The DimensionServer section contains settings that are specific tointernal workings of the Dimension Server and other related processes. The log4netsection contains settings that are used by the log4net module which is used to logwarnings, errors, and so on.

Oracle Hyperion EnterprisePerformance ManagementArchitect Administrator'sGuide

EPM Workspace Postconfiguration TasksThe following table describes EPM Workspace postconfiguration tasks.

Table 49 EPM Workspace Postconfiguration Tasks

Task Reference

Optional: If you are using Oracle Business Intelligence Suite Enterprise Edition, configure itto work with EPM Workspace.

Oracle BusinessIntelligence NewFeatures Guide

Optional: Use the Configuration and Monitoring Console (CMC) to customize theconfiguration for EPM Workspace services, Reporting and Analysis services, Annotationsservices, EPM Workspace Web Applications (properties only), and Web Analysis WebApplications (properties only).

During configuration with EPM System Configurator, EPM System Configurator sets updefault values for the services. Use the Configuration and Monitoring Console to customizethe services.

Oracle EnterprisePerformanceManagementWorkspaceAdministrator's Guide

Essbase Postconfiguration TasksThe following table describes Essbase postconfiguration tasks.

EPM Workspace Postconfiguration Tasks 151

Table 50 Essbase Postconfiguration Tasks

Task Reference

Optional: Manually configure Essbase. Appendix B, “OptionalManual Configuration forEssbase Products”

(UNIX) Set User Limits on 64-bit AIX. “Setting User Limits on 64-bitAIX” on page 152

If you install both Essbase Client and Integration Services together, edit the PATHenvironment variable to ensure that the Essbase Client bin path is before theIntegration Services bin path. For example: HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/EssbaseClient/bin should come before HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/eis/server/bin.

If you are using Oracle Essbase Spreadsheet Add-in as a Power User instead of asan Administrator, you must manually set ESSBASEPATH.

Setting User Limits on 64-bit AIXWhen running Essbase Server on a 64-bit AIX platform, you must change the user limits toincrease the size of a data segment. The following table lists suggested values:

User Limit Value

time (seconds) unlimited

file (blocks) 2097151

data (kbytes) unlimited

stack (kbytes) No higher than 128 MB for 64-bit and 64 MB for 32-bit

memory (kbytes) unlimited

coredump (blocks) 2097151

nofiles (descriptors) unlimited

Integration Services Postconfiguration TasksThe following table describes Integration Services postconfiguration tasks.

Table 51 Integration Services Postconfiguration Tasks

Task Reference

Optional: Update the environment manually. Appendix B, “Optional Manual Configurationfor Essbase Products.”


Task Reference

Configure data sources.

To create OLAP models or build metaoutlines, you must connectIntegration Services to a database that contains metadata (the OLAPMetadata Catalog database) and to a database in which neededusers’ data is stored (the Data Source database).

“Configuring Data Sources” in OracleEssbase Integration Services SystemAdministrator's Guide

Create an OLAP Metadata Catalog “Creating, Upgrading, and Deleting OLAPMetadata Catalogs” in Oracle EssbaseIntegration Services System Administrator'sGuide

Connect to Server Components and Data Sources “Connecting to Server Components and DataSources” in Oracle Essbase IntegrationServices System Administrator's Guide

If you are using the XML Import/Export feature, map JDBC DataSources

“Mapping JDBC Data Sources (Teradata andOracle Users Only)” in Oracle EssbaseIntegration Services System Administrator'sGuide

Optional: Set up sample applications. “Setting Up the Sample Applications” inOracle Essbase Integration Services SystemAdministrator's Guide

Administration Services Postconfiguration TasksThe following table describes Administration Services postconfiguration tasks.

Table 52 Administration Services Postconfiguration Tasks

Task Reference

If Administration Services cannot connect to Shared Services because it times out, edit EAS_HSS_RETRY_COUNT in HYPERION_HOME/deployments/AppServerNameAndVersion/bin/setCustomParamseas.bat to increase the value.

For example: In HYPERION_HOME/deployments/Tomcat5/bin/setCustomParamseas.bat, in JAVA_OPTS, add or edit: -DEAS_HSS_RETRY_COUNT=n,where n is the number of times to retry, in one-second intervals.

If you are using Oracle Application Server through HTTP proxy, and the Administration ServicesConsole is installed on the same machine as the HTTP server or the Administration ServicesServer, append the following parameter to the lax.nl.java.option.additionalargument in admincon.lax:

-DCLIENT_SERVER_DIFF_MC=true

If you are using Administration Services in a clustered environment, add the following to the javaoptions in ORACLE_HOME/opmn/conf/opmn.xml on the machine on which AdministrationServices is deployed:

“-DCLIENT_SERVER_DIFF_MC=true”

If you have configured the Web server to act as a reverse proxy for Administration Services, andthe Web server is installed on the same machine as Administration Services, you must either

Administration Services Postconfiguration Tasks 153

Task Reference

include the Java argument -DCLIENT_SERVER_DIFF_MC=true in the script used to startAdministration Services, or append the parameter to thelax.nl.java.option.additional argument in admincon.lax.

If you are using Administration Services on UNIX with Oracle Application Server, set environmentvariables in the Oracle Application Server Application Server Console.

“Optional ManualConfiguration forAdministrationServices (UNIX)”on page 239

Optional: Install and configure SAP/R3 if you are using SAP R/3 as a data source AdministrationServices OnlineHelp

Provider Services Postconfiguration TasksThe following table describes Provider Services postconfiguration tasks.

Table 53 Provider Services Postconfiguration Tasks

Task Reference

If you are using Provider Services on UNIX with Oracle Application Server,set environment variables in the Oracle Application Server ApplicationServer Console.

“Optional Manual Configuration forProvider Services (UNIX)” on page 239

Essbase Studio Postconfiguration TasksThe following table describes Essbase Studio postconfiguration tasks.

Table 54 Essbase Studio Postconfiguration Tasks

Task Reference

Optional: Customize Essbase Studio server.properties file or configure theAdministration Services Console Launch File.

Oracle Essbase Studio User'sGuide

If you used the “Apply Maintenance Release” option to move from Essbase StudioRelease 11.1.1 or 11.1.1.1 to this release, you must update the Essbase Studiocatalog.

“Updating the Essbase StudioCatalog” on page 154

Updating the Essbase Studio CatalogIf you used the “Apply Maintenance Release” option to move from Essbase Studio Release 11.1.1or 11.1.1.1 to this release, you must update the Essbase Studio catalog after installation andconfiguration.

You update the catalog by issuing the reinit command in the Essbase Studio command lineclient. This updates the catalog with the latest release procedures.


ä To update the Essbase Studio catalog:

1 Ensure that Essbase Studio Server is running.

2 From the HYPERION_HOME/products/essbase/EssbaseStudio/Server directory, run one ofthe following scripts:

Windows:

startCommandLineClient.bat

UNIX

startCommandLineClient.sh

A command window called the CPL Shell is displayed.

3 At the prompt, enter a valid administrator user name and password.

Note: You must have Essbase Studio administrator privileges to use the reinit command.

4 At the prompt, enter the following command:

reinit

5 Enter exit to close the CPL Shell.

The Essbase Studio catalog is now ready for use.

Reporting and Analysis Postconfiguration TasksThe following table describes Reporting and Analysis postconfiguration tasks.

Table 55 Reporting and Analysis Postconfiguration Tasks

Task Reference

Optional: Customize initial user preferences for Financial Reportingby editing fr_repserver.properties.

Oracle Hyperion Financial Reporting StudioUser's Guide

Prepare the print server for Financial Reporting. The Print Server runsonly on Microsoft Windows.

“Preparing the Financial Reporting PrintServer” on page 156

(UNIX) Configure X11 for Web application server components forFinancial Reporting and Web Analysis.

“Configuring X11 for Web Application ServerComponents for Financial Reporting and WebAnalysis (UNIX)” on page 156

To configure Reporting and Analysis to access SAP JAVA Connector(SAP JCo) data sources and optionally to authenticate users againstan SAP server, install the SAP JCo files to each Reporting and Analysiscomponent machine.

“Configuring SAP Data Source Access andAuthentication” on page 157

(UNIX) Set up environment variables for Financial Reporting and WebAnalysis for non-English Characters.

“Setting Up Environment Variables forFinancial Reporting and Web Analysis forNon-English Characters (UNIX)” on page157

Reporting and Analysis Postconfiguration Tasks 155

Task Reference

For Web Analysis: If you are using an RDBMS as a data source or forrelational drill through, add the necessary drivers.

(UNIX) Set up environment variables for Production Reporting. “Setting up the Environment Variables forProduction Reporting (UNIX)” on page 158

Prepare Interactive Reporting for printing. “Preparing Interactive Reporting for Printing(UNIX)” on page 159

Optional: Configure fonts for UNIX systems. “Configuring Fonts (UNIX)” on page 159

To enable High Availability (HA) using Provider Services, enableProvider Services driver support for Financial Reporting.

“Financial Reporting Configuration—Enablingthe Provider Services Driver” on page 160

Optional: (UNIX) Recreate the executables for Production Reporting. “Recreating the Executables (ProductionReporting Only) (UNIX)” on page 160

Preparing the Financial Reporting Print ServerTo print cell documents, the corresponding “print” applications (Microsoft Word, Excel andPowerPoint) on the Print Server machine must have the following characteristics:

l Be properly installed

l Be properly registered for printing in the computer’s registry

l Be available to the “SYSTEM” account

l Have access to, and be able to print from, the printers installed by Financial Reporting(HRPrinter1-5). The SYSTEM account issues all print requests, so it is important that theapplications can print using the Print Server’s printers.

To optimize the print server, disable the following items:

l All add-ins (including Oracle's Hyperion add-ins) from all Microsoft Office applications—To enhance application launch time and consume system resources. If enabled, it maydisplay UI components that require user input.

l SmartTags (Office 2002+)—To enhance performance.

l “Office Assistant”—Office Assistant prompts the user for input, which halts printing.

Tip: Dedicate a machine for use as a print server, ensuring that add-ins are not used.

Configuring X11 for Web Application Server Components forFinancial Reporting and Web Analysis (UNIX)To perform chart generation, the Reporting and Analysis Web application server componentsrequire access to a graphics display device, either real or virtual. Oracle recommends that youuse an X virtual frame buffer (Xvfb) instead of a hardware graphics display device, because Xvfbperforms all operations in memory and does not require that any screens or input devices be


attached to the machine. For details about enabling Xvfb, see Appendix G, “Enabling an X VirtualFrame Buffer for Financial Reporting and Web Analysis.”

Configuring SAP Data Source Access and AuthenticationTo configure Reporting and Analysis to access SAP JAVA Connector (SAP JCo) data sourcesand optionally to authenticate users against an SAP server, install the SAP JCo files to eachReporting and Analysis component machine.

ä To configure Reporting and Analysis to use SAP as a data source and optionally to use SAP asan authentication provider:

1 Obtain the SAP JCo files from:

l Your SAP distribution.

l Download from the SAP Web site as a registered user at https://service.sap.com/connectors

2 (Windows) After Reporting and Analysis installation:

a. Place the SAP JCo binaries in HYPERION_HOME/common/SAP/bin.

b. Place the SAP JCo java archives (JAR files) in HYPERION_HOME/common/SAP/lib

c. Expand the JAR file, using the convenience utility, in

HYPERION_HOME/common/SAP/lib/explodejarUsingJRE.bat|sh

3 UNIX: After Reporting and Analysis installation, place the SAP JCo binaries in HYPERION_HOME/common/SAP/bin. Place the SAP JCo java archives (.jar files) in HYPERION_HOME/common/SAP/lib

4 Optional: To configure Reporting and Analysis to use SAP as an authentication provider:

a. Download these files from the SAP Enterprise Portal EP60 SP2 or higher:

l com.sap.security.core.jar

l com.sap.security.api.jar

l sap.logging.jar

l iaik_jce.jar

l iaik_jce_export.jar (if using the export version of the IAIK-JCE libraries) into

HYPERION_HOME/common/SAP/lib

b. After installation, expand the JAR files, using the convenience utility, in

HYPERION_HOME/common/SAP/lib/explodejarUsingJRE.bat|sh

Setting Up Environment Variables for Financial Reporting andWeb Analysis for Non-English Characters (UNIX)The following environment variables must be properly initialized in order to run FinancialReporting or Web Analysis objects that include metadata containing non-English characters:

l LANG (UNIX)


l LC_ALL (UNIX)

l ESSLANG (if Essbase is used as a data source) (UNIX and Windows)

ä To initialize, use login scripts, or edit:

l LANG, LC_ALL (UNIX):

m For Financial Reporting:

HYPERION_HOME/products/biplus/bin/freporting.env

and

HYPERION_HOME/deployments/vendor/bin/setCustomParamsFinancialReporting.sh

m For Web Analysis:

HYPERION_HOME/products/biplus/InstallableApps/config/wa_env.sh

l ESSLANG (UNIX and Windows):

m For Financial Reporting:

HYPERION_HOME/products/biplus/lib/fr.env

m For Web Analysis:

(UNIX) HYPERION_HOME/products/biplus/InstallableApps/config/wa_env.sh

or

(Windows) HYPERION_HOME/products/biplus/InstallableApps/config/WebAnalysis.env

Note: For Web Analysis, EPM System Configurator uses the existing ESSLANG environmentvariable if it is already set, and appends it to the Web Analysis environment setup script.However, if ESSLANG is not already specified when you deploy Web Analysis, you needto specify it in the appropriate environment setup script.

Note: If you are using Oracle Application Server on UNIX, in addition to using a script to setthe environment variables, you must specify the environment variables in the OracleApplication Server Application Server Console, by setting the Server properties for theOC4J instance.

Setting up the Environment Variables for ProductionReporting (UNIX)You run a script to set the environment variables. The scripts are in specified database directories.

ä To configure the environment variables, locate the environment scripts in the followingdirectories:

HYPERION_HOME/products/biplus/bin/SQR/Server/db_name/bin


or, for the 64–bit version:

HYPERION_HOME/products/biplus/bin/SQR/Server/db_name/bin64

where db_name is the name of the database. The following databases are supported: Oracle,Sybase, Informix, DB2, ODBC, DDO, and Teradata.

l For all databases, the following script configures the basic environment variables:

m For C Shell: source setenv.csh

m For Bourne or Korn Shell: setenv.sh

l For the DDO database, the following script configures additional environment variables:

m For C Shell: source setjre.csh

m For Bourne or Korn Shell: setjre.sh

In addition, for jobs with charts, configure X11 display as described in Appendix G, “Enablingan X Virtual Frame Buffer for Financial Reporting and Web Analysis.”

Preparing Interactive Reporting for Printing (UNIX)

ä To prepare Interactive Reporting for printing:

1 Ensure that Acrobat Reader is installed.

2 If the installation location for Acrobat Reader is not in the PATH, set a new environment variable:PATH_TO_ACROREAD, where the path is the Acrobat Reader installation location.

Configuring Fonts (UNIX)Perform these procedures if you want nice-looking fonts.

Interactive Reporting Service must be configured with appropriate fonts to ensure that BQYdocuments in EPM Workspace have a consistent look and feel with the Web Client. You mustmake Type1, TrueType, or OpenType fonts available to Interactive Reporting Service. Theconfigured fonts must support characters for all intended languages.

EPM System Installer installs Andale WT font in HYPERION_HOME/products/biplus/fonts directory and configures Interactive Reporting Service to use it. This font supports mostcharacters from Western European languages as well as Chinese, Japanese and Korean.

Customers must use fonts appropriate for their usage. For example, when using WesternEuropean languages, for Windows-like look and feel, you could download Microsoft’s TrueTypeWeb fonts and configure as below:

ä To make Microsoft’s TrueType Web fonts available to EPM Workspace:

1 Download the Microsoft TrueType Web fonts from:

http://sourceforge.net/projects/corefonts/ or other source.

2 Create a directory to store the font files.


http://sourceforge.net/projects/corefonts/

3 If using downloaded Microsoft fonts, extract each file (*.exe) into the newly created directory using thecabextract utility located in INSTALL_HOME/bin/, as below:

BIPLUS_HOME/bin/cabextract -d directory CAB file

4 Create a fonts.dir file in the directory containing the font files using the ttmkfdir utility. The ttmkfdir utilitycan be downloaded from the following URL:

http://packages.qa.debian.org/t/ttmkfdir.html

5 Add the fonts.dir directory to environment variable FONT_PATH, or add it to BQ_FONT_PATH environmentvariable inside BIPLUS_HOME/bin/services.sh.

6 Restart Interactive Reporting Service.

Financial Reporting Configuration—Enabling the ProviderServices DriverTo enable High Availability (HA) using Provider Services, you must enable Provider Servicesdriver support for Financial Reporting.

For Financial Reporting:

On each computer where one or more of the following are installed:

l Financial Reporting Report Server

l Financial Reporting Scheduler

l Financial Reporting Web application

l Financial Reporting Studio

Do the following:

1. Edit HYPERION_HOME/products/biplus/lib/fr_global.properties.

2. Change UseEssbaseEDS=0 to UseEssbaseEDS=1.

3. Uncomment (remove hash) EssbaseEDSServer=, and assign it your APS server hostname.

Recreating the Executables (Production Reporting Only)(UNIX)For Production Reporting for Sybase, Oracle, Informix, DB2, and Teradata, ensure that youhave the proper database client software installed on the same machine as Production Reporting.Production Reporting for ODBC and DDO does not require any additional libraries.

If you have your own user-defined functions, if a new version of the database libraries becomesavailable, or to apply OS-level patches, then you need to re-link the product as described in thissection. The Production Reporting script uses standard environment variables for each databaseto identify the location of the libraries.


You must re-create the executables if the version of the operating system or database clientsoftware is different from when the original executables were created. You find the versions byusing the following command line flag:

-id

ä To re-create the executables, type the following commands from a shell:

cd HYPERION_HOME/products/biplus/bin/SQR/Server/db_name/lib ./sqrmake

where db_name is the name of one of the following database names: Oracle, Informix, DB2,Sybase, ODBC, DDO, or Teradata.

HYPERION_HOME and SQRDIR are required to re-create the executables. SQRDIR should be setto HYPERION_HOME/products/biplus/bin/SQR/Server/db_name/bin.

Planning Postconfiguration TasksThe following table describes Planning postconfiguration tasks.

Table 56 Planning Postconfiguration Tasks

Task Reference

If you applied the maintenance release to move from Planning Release 11.1.1.x to release11.1.1.3, you must log on and click Migrate for each application.

If you are using Offline Planning, perform the postconfiguration tasks. “Configuring OfflinePlanning” on page162 and OracleHyperion PlanningAdministrator's Guide

If you are using Planning in a Redhat or Oracle Enterprise Linux environment and you areusing Simplified Chinese, you must specify LANG=zh_CN.GB18030 (instead ofLANG=zh_CN.utf8) in one of two ways:

l In the OS system locale variable (if you have not already set it) before you install andconfigure Planning

l In setCustomParamsHyperionPlanning.sh after you install and configurePlanning

(UNIX) Configure the Planning locale for a non-English UNIX environment. “(UNIX) Configuringthe Planning Locale forUse in Non-EnglishEnvironments ” onpage 162

Planning Postconfiguration Tasks 161

Configuring Offline Planning

ä To configure Offline Planning:

1 Because Offline Planning Provider terminates when a user without proper access takes a form offline,administrators must give users the following permissions:

l Read and write permissions for the following directories and subdirectories:HYPERION_HOME/products/Planning/Offline/myanalytics andHYPERION_HOME/products/Planning/offline/offlinedata.

l Read and execute permissions for c:/windows/system32/msvcr71.dll.

2 Install Smart View.

3 Enable the form for offline use and assign appropriate roles. See the Oracle Hyperion PlanningAdministrator's Guide.

(UNIX) Configuring the Planning Locale for Use in Non-English Environments

ä To configure the Planning locale for use in a non-English UNIX environment:

1 In HYPERION_HOME/deployments/AppServerNameAndVersion/bin, editsetCustomParamsHyperionPlanning.sh to include these items:

l The appropriate ESSLANG value

l The appropriate LANG value

l The appropriate LC_CTYPE

ESSLANG, LANG and LC_TYPE should be assigned the same locale.

For example, for simplified Chinese:

ESSLANG=SimplifiedChinese_China.UTF-8@Binary; export ESSLANG

LANG=zh_CN.UTF-8; export LANG

LC_CTYPE=zh_CN.UTF-8; export LC_CTYPE

2 Make sure the ESSLANG value you set in setCustomParamsHyperionPlanning.sh matches theESSLANG value set for Essbase Server (set with EPM System Configurator or by editingHYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/EssbaseServer/hyperionenv.doc).

Financial Management Postconfiguration TasksThe following table describes Financial Management postconfiguration tasks.


Table 57 Financial Management Postconfiguration Tasks

Task Reference

If you use the Financial Management Win32 client, or if you selected the ADMClient component during installation to work with Financial Reporting and WebAnalysis, you must register servers and clusters and enable DCOM using theHFMRegCluster utility.

Oracle Hyperion FinancialManagement Administrator'sGuide

If you have configured Financial Management Web Applications, use InternetInformation Services (IIS) Manager to set the Web Service Extensions Active ServerPages to “Allowed.”

Upgrade Note!

Upgrade applications using the Schema Upgrade Utility.

“Using the Financial ManagementSchema Upgrade Utility” on page178

Optional: Configure Settings for IIS 5.0 Isolation Mode “Configuring Settings for IIS 5.0Isolation Mode (Optional)” onpage 163

Configuring Settings for IIS 5.0 Isolation Mode (Optional)Before you install Financial Management, you install and configure IIS. However, if you run IIS5.0 Isolation mode in IIS 6.0 on Windows 2003, after you run EPM System Configurator andcreate your Web directories, you must manually set two additional IIS properties for theApplication Protection and Authentication Level.

ä To set the properties for IIS 5.0 Isolation mode:

1 Select Start, then Programs, then Administrative Tools, and then Internet Services Manager.

2 Expand Internet Information Services and its subdirectories, and right-click the virtual directory for FinancialManagement; for example, HFM, and select Properties.

3 On the Virtual Directory tab, from the list for Application Protection, change the setting to High (Isolated).

4 Close Internet Services Manager.

5 Select Start, then Programs, then Administrative Tools, and then Component Services.

6 Expand the directories, and select COM+ Applications.

7 Select the Financial Management Web site; for example, IIS (Default Web Site//Root/HFM).

8 Right-click the Web site and select Properties.

9 On the Security tab, from the list in the Authentication Level for Calls, change the setting to None.

Strategic Finance Postconfiguration TasksThe following table describes Strategic Finance postconfiguration tasks.

Strategic Finance Postconfiguration Tasks 163

Table 58 Strategic Finance Postconfiguration Tasks

Task Reference

Set up servers and databases. Chapter 2, “Performing Server-Related Tasks” andChapter 3, “Working With Databases” in the HyperionStrategic Finance Administrator's Guide

Connect the Strategic Finance client to the server. “Managing Entities on Strategic Finance Servers” in theHyperion Strategic Finance User's Guide.

If you have configured Strategic Finance Web services, useInternet Information Services (IIS) Manager to set the WebService Extensions Active Server Pages to “Allowed.”

Performance Scorecard Postconfiguration TasksThe following table describes Performance Scorecard postconfiguration tasks.

Table 59 Performance Scorecard Postconfiguration Tasks

Task Reference

During configuration, EPM System Configurator registers Performance Scorecard with the default port(19000) for EPM Workspace Web Server configuration. If you are using a different port or protocol,then after deployment, you must edit the .instance file that is created during configuration.

To edit the .instance file, use Lifecycle Management to export Hyperion Performance ScorecardRegistration artifacts to the file system, use a text editor to edit the “context id” and “lcmCallBack”parameters in the instance file on the file system, save your edits, then use Lifecycle Managementto import the Hyperion Performance Scorecard Registration artifacts back into the application.

Note: The instance file is considered an artifact in Lifecycle Management. The instance file artifactis displayed in the Lifecycle Management artifact listing under the Deployment Metadata node inShared Services Console. In the Oracle's Hyperion® Shared Services Console View Pane, expandApplication Groups, then Foundation, and Deployment Metadata. Then in the artifact listing, expandRegistration, then Applications, and Hyperion Performance Scorecard.

OracleHyperionEnterprisePerformanceManagementSystemLifecycleManagementGuide

FDM Postconfiguration TasksThe following table describes FDM postconfiguration tasks.

Table 60 FDM Postconfiguration Tasks

Task Reference

Configure FDM and create FDM applications. EPM System Configurator onlyregisters FDM with Shared Services. The remainder of the configuration is donein FDM.

Oracle Hyperion Financial DataQuality Management ConfigurationGuide

ERP Integrator Postconfiguration TasksThe following table describes ERP Integrator postconfiguration tasks.


Table 61 ERP Integrator Postconfiguration Tasks

Task Reference

Configure Oracle Data Integrator to work withERP Integrator.

Oracle Hyperion Financial Data Quality Management ERP IntegrationAdapter for Oracle Applications Administrator's Guide

Data Relationship Management Postconfiguration TasksThe following table describes Data Relationship Management postconfiguration tasks.

Table 62 Data Relationship Management Postconfiguration Tasks

Task Reference

Install and configure Data Relationship Management. Oracle Hyperion Data Relationship Management InstallationGuide

Data Relationship Management Postconfiguration Tasks 165

8Upgrading EPM System Products

In This Chapter

About Upgrading ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

About Upgrading Only Some EPM System Products.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Upgrading Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Prerequisites.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Installing and Configuring EPM System Products .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Upgrading Applications... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Performing Security Related Upgrade Tasks... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Additional Product-Specific Upgrade Tasks ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Working in an Environment with Multiple Releases... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

This chapter describes the upgrade process for EPM System products and covers only upgradesof software in place. This means that the earlier release is on the computer that you are upgrading.Use this chapter in conjunction with the Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance ManagementSystem Installation Start Here and the Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance ManagementSystem Certification Matrix (http://www.oracle.com/technology/products/bi/hyperion-supported-platforms.html) to perform upgrades to Release 11.1.1.x products.

Note: If you are upgrading only some EPM System products in your deployment, you must alsoread “About Upgrading Only Some EPM System Products” on page 171.

About Upgrading

Improvements in This ReleaseThis release contains improvements that facilitate the installation, configuration and upgradeprocess easier.

Process Improvements

Installationl Enables installation of multiple products

l Installs all products and components in one pass per computer

About Upgrading 167



Process Improvements

l Provides a new location for product homes (all products are installed under HYPERION_HOME/products)

l Permits installation by tier or component for multiple products

l Enables uninstallation of earlier releases of products

Configurationl Through the Shared Services Registry, eliminates repetitive entry of configuration information

across products (the registry is located within the Shared Services database)

l Significantly reduces the number of tasks required to configure EPM System products

l Upgrades the database from the earlier release

l Executes an upgrade task that moves necessary information (such as property files) to the SharedServices Registry

Upgrade and Migrate TerminologyWhen using Hyperion products, the terms upgrade and migrate are defined as follows:

l Upgrade: The process of replacing an earlier software release with a current release orreplacing one product with another

l Migrate: The process of copying applications, artifacts, or users from one environment orcomputer to another; for example, from a testing environment to a production environment

Note: The term upgrade does not apply to moving from Release 11.1.1.x to Release 11.1.1.3.Use the Apply Maintenance Release option in EPM System Installer instead. See“Installation Type” on page 47. When you apply the maintenance release, you do not needto follow the upgrade procedures described in this chapter.

Supported Upgrade PathsYou can upgrade to EPM System Release 11.1.1.x from the following releases and their associatedmaintenance releases:

l 9.3.x

l 9.2.1

l 9.2.0.3

If you are already using Release 11.1.1.x, choose the “Apply Maintenance Release” option duringinstallation. See “Installation Type” on page 47

If you are using a release earlier than Release 9.2.0.3, you must first upgrade to one of the listedreleases and then upgrade to Release 11.1.1.x. For upgrade procedures for the earlier release, seethe product installation guides for the products that you are using.

168 Upgrading EPM System Products

Direct UpgradesMost products can be directly upgraded to the 11.1.1.x release. For a direct upgrade, you caninstall and configure with the earlier release on the same machine. You are prompted whetherto uninstall the earlier release. After products are upgraded, you cannot use earlier releases onnewer applications.

Upgrades Requiring UninstallFDM cannot be directly upgraded. You must uninstall the earlier release and install the currentrelease.

Note: You must reboot the server after you uninstall FDM.

What Happens During UpgradesThe new EPM System Installer and EPM System Configurator have automated many of theupgrade steps that were previously required.

What Happens During Installation and ConfigurationThese are important functions performed by EPM System Installer and EPM SystemConfigurator:

EPM System Installer

l Enables installation of multiple products in one machine in one pass

l Enables uninstallation of earlier releases but retains property, configuration, and data filesneeded for the upgrade process

l Runs scripts in the background to transfer required information to the current release

EPM System Configurator

l During the Configure Database task, creates the Shared Services Registry

l During configuration, registers products with the Shared Services Registry (no task needsto be selected)

l Executes upgrade scripts to bring required configuration information into the SharedServices Registry automatically

In the following table, actions performed by EPM System Installer and EPM System Configuratorare outlined by component/product:

Product Automated Actions by EPM System Installer and EPM System Configurator

CommonComponents

Moves Registry.properties (licensing information) — This only applies to upgrades fromreleases 9.2.1 or 9.3.1

About Upgrading 169


Shared Servicesl Creates Shared Services Registry tables

l Updates existing database to this release

l Upgrades OpenLDAP provisioning information to current release

l Brings security configuration information into Shared Services Registry (css.xml file)

Note: Information from the css.xml file is uploaded to the Shared Services Registry. Thecss.xml file is no longer available for editing locally.

PerformanceManagementArchitect

Upgrades database schema and all data in it to Release 11.1.1.x format

EPM Workspaceand Reportingand Analysis(includesFinancialReporting, WebAnalysis,ProductionReporting, andInteractiveReporting)

l Reads existing server.xml for setup, GSM, LSM, and DB access info, IR services, andretrieves portal services’ UUID, ports and home location from database. For any missingservices, adds default and disabled entries.

l Collects existing datasources from server.xml and persists them in the registry.

l Writes registry values for all Foundation Services and Oracle's Hyperion® Interactive Reportingservices

l Ensures that services are added and enabled

l Updates the repository location

l Removes Authentication and Name Server service entries in the V8_service_agent table

l Upgrades existing SQL scripts

Smart View NA

Essbase Upgrades security file.

Note: For most products, during configuration, EPM System Configurator creates apreprovisioned user called admin that enables you to log on to Shared Services after configurationusing admin/password to create and provision users. However, after you upgrade Essbase,you have the same set of users that you had in the previous release; the admin user is notconfigured during an Essbase upgrade.

AdministrationServices(includingBusiness Rules)

l Moves storage directory from HYPERION_HOME/AdminServices to HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/eas

l Moves HBRServer.properties to the Shared Services Registry

l Upgrades database to new release

IntegrationServices

NA

Provider Servicesl Copies domain.db from the old installation location to the new location

l Copies essbase.properties to essbase.properties.950

Smart Search NA

Planningl For 9.3.x upgrades, upgrades the Planning System database and for 9.2.x upgrades, creates

the Planning System database

l Upgrades Planning applications

l Copies HspJSHome.properties, and HBRServer.properties to new location



FinancialManagement

l Configuration is fully incorporated into the EPM System Configurator

l Database upgraded by Financial Management Schema Upgrade utility

PerformanceScorecard

l Moves Notes and attachments

l Upgrades database to new release

Strategic Finance NA

FDM NA

Upgrade Documentation Not ProvidedUpgrade documentation for the following products is not covered in this guide:

l For FDM configuration, see the Oracle Hyperion Financial Data Quality ManagementConfiguration Guide.

l For Data Relationship Management installation and configuration, see the Oracle HyperionData Relationship Management Installation Guide.

l For Data Integration Management installation and configuration, see the Hyperion DataIntegration Management Installation Guide.

About Upgrading Only Some EPM System ProductsThis section provides an overview of how to work with multiple releases of EPM System, wherenot all products are upgraded to Release 11.1.1.x.

These products require upgrade to Release 11.1.1.3:

l Shared Services

l EPM Workspace


l Reporting and Analysis

An earlier release of the following products can be used, however, the Shared Services Registrymust be updated in order for these products to operate properly in a mixed version environment.See “Working in an Environment with Multiple Releases” on page 188.

l Essbase and Administration Services, required only if you are using PerformanceManagement Architect to create Essbase applications.

l Planning (Oracle Hyperion Workforce Planning, Fusion Edition, and Oracle HyperionCapital Asset Planning, Fusion Edition)



About Upgrading Only Some EPM System Products 171

An earlier release of the following products can be used without requiring edits to the SharedServices Registry:

l Strategic Finance

l Oracle's Hyperion® Data Integration Management

l Data Relationship Management

See “Release Compatibility” in the Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management SystemInstallation Start Here for the list of releases that are supported for each product.

For an overview of the steps for working with multiple releases, see “Upgrading Checklist” onpage 172.

Limitations of Using Shared Services with Earlier Releases ofOther ProductsIf you are using Shared Services 11.1.1.x with earlier releases of other products, Oracle InternetDirectory (OID) cannot be used as Native directory. You must use openLDAP.

Limitations of Using Performance Management Architect11.1.1.x with Earlier Releases of PlanningTo use Performance Management Architect 11.1.1.x with earlier releases of Planning, note theserestrictions.

Using Performance Management Architect FeaturesIf you are using Planning Release 9.3.1 with Performance Management Architect Release11.1.1.x, you can use all features available except that new attribute types (Boolean, Date, andNumber) are not supported (only text is supported). The Manage Data Source dialog is notsupported and you cannot create data sources while deploying.

Using Planning Flat Files From 9.3.1If you are using flat files created in an earlier release of Planning, see the Appendix of the OracleHyperion Enterprise Performance Management Architect Administrator’s Guide for informationabout the updates required for using the flat files in Release 11.1.1.x.

Upgrading ChecklistThe following table identifies the high-level tasks that you perform to upgrade EPM Systemproducts. Some tasks apply only if you are working in an environment with multiple releases,where you are not upgrading all EPM System products.


Task Sequence Additional Information

1. Review release compatibility, system requirements, and other prerequisites for this release.In particular, review release compatibility to ensure that you upgrade required EPM Systemcomponents and system requirements to check whether you need to upgrade any third partycomponents.

Oracle Hyperion Enterprise PerformanceManagement System Installation StartHere and the Oracle Hyperion EnterprisePerformance Management SystemCertification Matrix (http://www.oracle.com/technology/products/bi/hyperion-supported-platforms.html)

2. Back up required information (for example, databases and applications) from the earlierrelease.

The earlier product release installationguide

3. Perform any upgrade-specific prerequisite tasks. “Prerequisites” on page 174

4. Stop all EPM System processes and services. The earlier product release installationguide

5. Install EPM System products (choosing “Upgrade from an earlier release” option) for theproducts that you are upgrading.

Make sure to complete installation prerequisites for upgrading. See “Upgrade InstallationPrerequisites” on page 42.

Note: For client tier components of Performance Management Architect you must choose “NewInstallation,” even if you are upgrading from a previous release. The client components werenot available in previous releases, so they are not available when you choose “Upgrade Froma Previous Release.”

Chapter 3, “Installing EPM SystemProducts”

6. Configure Shared Services, and validate that Shared Services is running.

Note: To configure Shared Services, in EPM System Configurator, select the Foundation taskson the Product Selection page: “Common Settings,” “Configure Database,” “Deploy toApplication Server.” “Upgrade” is selected by default.

Chapter 4, “Configuring EPM SystemProducts”

7. Configure EPM Workspace. Chapter 4, “Configuring EPM SystemProducts”

8. Configure other products one at a time. Chapter 4, “Configuring EPM SystemProducts”

9. Using EPM System Configurator, perform the Web Server Configuration task under EPMWorkspace again. Select all the components you want to configure to work with EPM Workspace.

“Configure EPM Workspace Services” onpage 87

10. Confirm that services are started, and start them if they are not started. Chapter 5, “Starting and Stopping EPMSystem Products”

11. Using EPM System Diagnostics, validate the installation. Chapter 6, “Validating the Installation”

12. Complete postconfiguration product-specific tasks. Chapter 7, “PerformingPostconfiguration Tasks”

13. Perform product-specific upgrade tasks for products that you upgraded:

l If you are using Financial Management, use the Schema Upgrade Utility to upgradeapplications, register applications with Shared Services, and transfer users and groups.

m Before running the Schema Upgrade Utility, stop all Financial Management services andprocesses.

m Restart services after running the Schema Upgrade Utility.

l If you are using Planning, register applications in Shared Services using Planning.

“Upgrading Applications” on page 176and “Additional Product-SpecificUpgrade Tasks” on page 186

Upgrading Checklist 173




Task Sequence Additional Information

l Use Performance Management Architect Application Upgrade if you want to change fromClassic application administration to Performance Management Architect applicationadministration.

l Perform any other product-specific upgrade tasks

14. Optional—If you are using Shared Services security for the first time, transfer users andgroups to Shared Services.

Note: If you want to use Performance Management Architect with Essbase, you mustexternalize Essbase users for both Essbase and Administration Services.

“Performing Security Related UpgradeTasks” on page 181

The following steps apply if you are working in an environment with multiple releases, wherenot all products are upgraded to the latest release.

15. If you are not upgrading all products in your environment, back up the Shared ServicesRegistry database.

Oracle Hyperion Enterprise PerformanceManagement System Backup andRecovery Guide

16. If you are using 9.3.x releases of any of the following products, update the Shared ServicesRegistry with information about the products.


l Planning (Oracle Hyperion Workforce Planning, Fusion Edition, and Oracle Hyperion CapitalAsset Planning, Fusion Edition)



“Working in an Environment withMultiple Releases” on page 188

17. If you did not upgrade the following products, perform product-specific tasks:

l Planning


l If you are using an earlier release ofPlanning, see “Using Reporting andAnalysis 11.1.1.3 with EarlierReleases of Planning” on page192

l If you are using an earlier release ofAdministration Services, see “UsingEarlier Releases of AdministrationServices” on page 196

PrerequisitesBefore upgrading, ensure you have performed all prerequisite tasks:

l Review the Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System CertificationMatrix (http://www.oracle.com/technology/products/bi/hyperion-supported-platforms.html) and Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management SystemInstallation Start Here for information about the software and hardware requirements forRelease 11.1.1.x, release compatibility with earlier releases, and database and Java applicationserver requirements.

l Ensure that you have backed up information from the earlier release.




l Complete installation prerequisites for upgrading. See “Upgrade Installation Prerequisites”on page 42.

l Perform any product-specific prerequisite tasks.

Determine Which Products To UpgradeRelease 11.1.1.x is backward compatible with Releases 11.1.1.x, 9.3.x and 9.2.x. For example,after you upgrade Shared Services and EPM Workspace to Release 11.1.1.x, you can still workwith Planning or Financial Management Release 9.2.x, Release 9.3.x or Release 11.1.1.0. Consultthe Release Compatibility table and Limitations section in Oracle Hyperion EnterprisePerformance Management System Installation Start Here to identify which product releases worktogether.

Backing Up the Earlier ReleaseBefore you proceed with an upgrade, ensure that you have backed up information from theearlier release including databases, applications and other files. For instructions, see thedocumentation from the earlier release.

Ensure That Product—Specific Prerequisites Are MetEnsure that you meet the following requirements for the specified products:

l If you manually deployed EPM System products using Oracle Application Server, you mustmanually undeploy all products before you start EPM System Configurator.

l Before upgrading Shared Services, check that all applications are assigned to a projectbecause they cannot be 'unassigned' when you upgrade.

l If you are using Strategic Finance with the built-in NTLM security in your previous release,before upgrading you need to perform an additional task. Using the previous release, eithermigrate existing Strategic Finance built-in NTLM users to Active Directory or native usersin Shared Services before upgrading Strategic Finance.

Note: If you are also upgrading from a previous release of Shared Services, you may migrateStrategic Finance built-in NTLM users to NTLM users under Shared Services for thisrelease only. This is not an optimal solution since NTLM services is being retired inShared Services.

l Before upgrading Strategic Finance, ensure that all server entities are checked in. Copy anycustom files and client-defined fields to another directory before installing the new release.

Installing and Configuring EPM System ProductsUse this guide for detailed instructions to perform the following tasks:

l Install EPM System products.

Installing and Configuring EPM System Products 175

l Configure EPM System products.

l Perform required post configuration tasks.

l Confirm that services are running.

l Validate that products are properly installed and configured.

Upgrading ApplicationsYou perform various postconfiguration tasks to upgrade products to Release 11.1.1.x.

Upgrading Planning ApplicationsPlanning applications are automatically upgraded during configuration. However, you mustregister each application in Shared Services:

Note: If you applied the 11.1.1.x maintenance release to an existing 11.1.1.x installation, theapplications are not automatically upgraded. You must log on to each application andclick the Migrate button.

ä To register Planning applications with Shared Services:

1 Do one of the following:

l For Classic applications:

a. Within EPM Workspace , select Classic Application Administration, then PlanningAdministration.

b. Register each application in Shared Services.

l For Performance Management Architect applications:

a. Within EPM Workspace , open Application Library.

b. Right-click on each Planning application, then select Reregister

c. Click Reregister

2 Select Navigate, then Applications, then Planning, and then Refresh.

All applications should appear on the list.

If you are upgrading from Planning release 9.3.x or later to the current release, you mustprovision users. See “Provisioning Planning Users” on page 181.

Upgrading Financial Management ApplicationsIf you want to use applications from prior releases, you must use the Schema Upgrade utility toupgrade the applications. This utility which is installed in the Server directory when FinancialManagement is installed, runs on the application server. It performs several functions: upgrades


applications by converting database tables, registers applications with Shared Services, andmigrates users and their roles from the earlier release.

Prerequisites

Before you use the Schema Upgrade utility, you must complete these tasks:

l Shared Services must be installed, configured and running, and you must create a project.Financial Management must be registered in Shared Services, which configures externalauthentication.

l You must configure Financial Management and you must have an available FinancialManagement Web server.

Note: If your RDBMS is configured to use a comma (,) as a decimal character, you mustchange that configuration to use a period (.) since the utility assumes that the decimalcharacter is a period. Once you have completed running the upgrade utility, you maychange it back again.

Note: Web data grids that you created in prior releases with Java applets are supported afteryou upgrade, however, data grids that you created using HTML in prior releases arenot supported or viewable after you run the upgrade utility.

l Before running the Financial Management Schema Upgrade Utility, stop all FinancialManagement services and processes on all application servers.

When you run the utility, the Schema Upgrade utility upgrades all applications. If it is determinedthat security needs to be migrated, the migration utility is launched on the first instance andused for subsequent applications. To use the utility, you need to know the Shared Services URL,the Financial Management project to which you want to migrate, the Web URL used for securityadministration, and an administrator name and password. It converts the tables and migratesthe users from your Financial Management application to Shared Services for all applications.

Security Migration

The Schema Upgrade utility assigns these roles to all Financial Management ApplicationAdministrators when an application is upgraded:

l Dimension Editor

l Application Creator

l Financial Management Application Creator

These roles are required to access both Performance Management Architect and ClassicApplication Administration.

Note: The Load System role that enables users to load metadata is not automatically assigned.For information on assigning roles, see the Oracle Hyperion Enterprise PerformanceManagement System Security Administration Guide.

Upgrading Applications 177

If you are upgrading an application from an earlier release, during the upgrading process, thesystem stores security load files used in the user migration in your system Temp directory, soyou can also review that directory for results. The security filenames areHFMSecurityFile_application name_month-date-year.sec. Oracle recommends that aftercompleting the upgrading process, you manually extract the security files from each applicationto save for backup and future reference.

Users are validated during the upgrading process, so users who no longer exist in external securitydo not load. After upgrading, you can view results in the log file in the system Temp directory.The log file is named HFMSecurityFile_application name_month-date-year.log.

Note: The utility recognizes the security files based on the application name and month, date,and year. If for any reason the upgrading process fails and you restart it on a different day,you must manually adjust and reload the files.

Using the Financial Management Schema Upgrade Utility

ä To upgrade applications:

1 Navigate to the Financial Management installation directory, and locate the Server directory, for example:

C:/Hyperion/products/FinancialManagement/Server.

2 Stop all Financial Management services and processes on all application servers.

3 From the Server directory, double-click the Upgrade utility file, HFM Schema Upgrade.exe.

4 From the Schema Upgrade window, click Connect to connect to the Financial Management database.

All applications with the defined database are displayed in the Available Applications section.

5 For Error Handling, select an option:

l Halt on Any Error

l Ignore Errors and Continue

Choose how to handle errors that occur during the upgrading process. For example, you can setthe process to halt when an error occurs so that you can view it immediately, or to ignore errorsand continue upgrading, and view the errors later.

6 For Log File Name, enter an upgrade error log name.

Note: You can save the log file in any directory that you choose.

7 For Logging Options, select an option:

l To clear the log contents, select Truncate Existing Log on Startup.

l To save the log, select Backup Existing Log.

Create an error log to check results after the upgrade. If an error log exists, you can choose totruncate the log on startup to clear the contents, or back up the log.

8 Click Upgrade.


The system prompts you with a reminder to back up your database and the option to postponethe upgrade so that you can do the backup.

9 From the system warning that all applications will be converted, click Yes to continue.

When the application tables are upgraded, the security tables are extracted as load files andreloaded. This process may take several minutes based on the size of the security files and thenumber of users, groups, and roles. When the utility reaches the security tables for the firstapplication, if it detects that users need to be migrated, the User Migration dialog box is displayed.

10 From User Migration, enter the information to provision the application and click OK:

a. For User Management URL, enter the URL that you use for Shared Services, for example,http://Shared Services server:58080/interop.

b. For User Management Project, enter the name of the project that you created.

c. For Financial Management Web Server URL for Security Administration, enter theFinancial Management URL for security administration.

d. For Administrator Logon, enter the domain, username, and password. The user must bea Shared Services administrator.

Note: After you specify this information the first time, the system uses it to upgradesubsequent applications.

11 When you receive the Processing Complete message, click OK.

12 Optional: To view the error log after upgrading, click View Log.

13 Click Close.

14 Restart services.

Moving Classic Applications to Performance ManagementArchitectTo use Performance Management Architect for application administration, you use theprocedure in this section.

Note: Applications must be upgraded to Release 11.1.1.x before they are moved.

If you move an application created in Classic Application Administration to PerformanceManagement Architect, the application cannot return to Classic Application Administration.

Tasks To Complete Before You Move Applications

l If you are using flat files created in an earlier release of Planning, see the Appendix of theOracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management Architect Administrator’s Guide forinformation about the updates required for using the flat files in Release 11.1.1.x.

Upgrading Applications 179

l Before moving a Classic Planning application to Performance Management Architect,remove any spaces in the names of attribute dimensions. For example, rename an attributecalled Extra Small to ExtraSmall

l Before a Classic Planning application is moved to Performance Management Architect, allusers must be logged off the application. You can notify users by sending a broadcastmessage, as described in “Using Broadcast Messaging” in the Oracle Hyperion PlanningAdministrator's Guide.

l To enable support for Performance Management Architect applications, the FinancialManagement Application Server must have IIS installed. However, the ASP componentsneed not be enabled.

ä To move upgraded applications to Performance Management Architect:

1 In Workspace, select Navigate, then Administer, and then Application Upgrade.

2 Review the Welcome screen, and click Next.

The Upgrade Summary page displays the applications to which the user has access to upgrade(this information is provided from the Shared Services server. If an application cannot beupgraded, an explanation is provided.)

3 On the Select Applications page, add applications that you want to upgrade to the Applications to Upgradelist and click Next.

4 Review the summary of applications to upgrade, and click Next to execute the upgrade.

5 Click Finish to view the upgrade process in the Job Console.

6 Open the Application Library to confirm that the applications are in Performance Management Architect.

7 Navigate to Dimension Library, and review the dimensions that were added to Performance ManagementArchitect.

8 Open the application.

Note: If the transfer of applications to Performance Management Architect is not successful,you can view detailed information about the transfer in the Import Job log in the JobConsole.

Note: When a Planning application is moved to Performance Management Architect, the firstoccurrence of a member in Planning is shared, after the upgrade, the member remainsshared, and the hierarchies in Planning and Performance Management Architect areidentical.

Migrating Business Rules to Calculation ManagerIf you are using Planning and want to migrate your existing business rules to CalculationManager, see Part III, “Managing Business Rules,” of the Oracle Hyperion Enterprise PerformanceManagement Architect Administrator's Guide.


Migrating Business Rules SecurityAfter you migrate business rules to Calculation Manager and deploy Planning applications, youmust migrate business rules security. See the Oracle Hyperion Planning Administrator's Guide.

Performing Security Related Upgrade TasksThis section outlines tasks related to the external authentication and the unique identityattribute.

Provisioning Planning UsersAfter you upgrade from Planning release 9.3.x or later to the current release, you must provisionthe owner of your Planning applications with the Dimension Editor role and the ApplicationCreator role. Perform this step before you log in to Planning. See the Oracle Hyperion EnterprisePerformance Management System Security Administration Guide for more information.

Transferring Users and GroupsIf you are using a product (such as Essbase, Strategic Finance, or Performance Scorecard) anddid not use Shared Services security before, use these procedures to transfer users and groupsfor the first time to Shared Services.

Note: If you used Shared Services security in the earlier release, you can skip this procedure.

Transferring Essbase Users and Groups to Shared ServicesBy default, Essbase is externally configured when installed. If this is the first time using SharedServices security, you must transfer Essbase Server and existing Essbase users and groups toShared Services security mode.

Caution! When you migrate to Shared Services, Essbase users and groups are converted toequivalent roles in Shared Services. Shared Services creates a read-only superuserwith the user ID named “admin”. If Essbase contains a user ID named “admin”, thatuser ID cannot be migrated to Shared Services. Before migrating, change the “admin”user ID (for example, from “admin” to “asadmin”). To edit the security file in yourEssbase installation, use Administration Services Console or MaxL.

For detailed instructions, see the online help for Administration Services.

Performing Security Related Upgrade Tasks 181

Transferring Administration Services Users and GroupsUse the Externalize Users Wizard in Administration Services to transfer Administration Servicesusers to Shared Services. The wizard detects any users who are currently authenticated throughnative Essbase security, or who were externally authenticated earlier than this release.

The wizard attempts to match native users with corresponding users in external authenticationproviders that your organization has configured for authentication through Shared Services, orwith users in the native Shared Services directory. If a match is not found in an external provider,you can choose to create the user as a native Shared Services user, or if the user is no longerneeded natively or in Shared Services, you can go back and delete the native user.

To run this wizard for Administration Services users, you must have native Administratorpermissions and must already be externalized to Shared Services.

To run this wizard for Essbase users, you must have native Administrator (formerly Supervisor)permissions.

Note: All external authentication providers must be running when you run the migration. If amatching user is found, security information for the user is migrated to Shared Services.The wizard attempts to externalize all native users who have not yet been externalized;therefore, you can run this wizard iteratively to externalize all users.

Note: The currently logged-on Administration Server user is the only user visible under theAdministration Server node (under Users) in Enterprise View. However, the ExternalizeUsers Wizard enables you to migrate all users who exist on Administration Server, eventhough you cannot view the users in Enterprise View.

For detailed instructions, see the online help for Administration Services.

Transferring Financial Management Users to Shared ServicesFinancial Management users and their roles are transferred to Shared Services using the SchemaUpgrade Utility. See “Upgrading Financial Management Applications” on page 176.

Transferring Existing Performance Scorecard Users to Shared ServicesIf this is the first time you have configured Performance Scorecard for use with Shared Services ,you must transfer the users and user groups from Performance Scorecard .

Before performing a transfer, the following tasks must be performed:

l Ensure that the Performance Scorecard Administrator exists in Shared Services, and hasbeen assigned the security role of Provisioning Manager.

l Ensure that the Performance Scorecard application has been registered and assigned to aproject in Shared Services.


l Ensure that all employee e-mail addresses are in a valid and correct format, such [email protected]_suffix. If there is a user with an incorrect e-mail address, transfermight fail.

ä To transfer users and groups to Shared Services from Performance Scorecard:

1 Ensure the Shared Services server is running.

2 Log on to Performance Scorecard as an Administrator.

3 From Performance Scorecard, select Administration then User Provisioning Migration.

The Shared Services Administrator For Migration page is displayed.

4 Enter the User ID and Password for the Administrator.

The transfer administrator must exist in Shared Services, and assigned as Provisioning Manager.

5 Click Next to display the Pre-Migration Check page.

6 Click Perform Pre-Migration Check to verify existing data, and create database tables for the migration. Asthe verification progresses, appropriate status messages are displayed. A message is shown when the pre-migration progress check is complete. Click OK to dismiss the message and continue.

7 Click Next to display the Externalize Users page.

The page shows a list of all users in the model, their details and service provider. The MigrationAction status is displayed as Migrate.

8 For each user that you DO NOT WANT to include in the migration, click Edit. The Migration dialog box isdisplayed.

9 From Migration Action, select Do Not Migrate for the selected user, then click Save.

This user will not be included in the one-time migration. In future, if the user needs to be addedto the Shared Services list, you must add the user individually.

10 Repeat step 9 for each user that you want to exclude from the migration.

11 Optional: When the list of users is complete, select the Externalize Groups tab to select the groups that youwant to migrate.

The page shows a list of all groups in the model, the details and service provider. The MigrationAction status is displayed as Migrate.

12 For each group that you DO NOT WANT to include in the migration, click Edit.

The Migration dialog box is displayed.

13 From Migration Action, select Do Not Migrate for the selected group, then click Save.

This group will not be included in the one time migration. In future, if the group needs to beadded to the Shared Services list, you must add the group individually.

14 Repeat step 13 for each group that you want to exclude from the migration.

15 When the list of groups is complete, click Next to display the Migration to Shared Services page.

16 Click Test migration.


A confirmation is displayed when the test migration process has been successfully completed.Click OK to dismiss the message. If a problem is indicated in the migration status messages,correct any errors and try again.

17 Click Migrate to begin the migration process.

The progress of the migration is indicated by the Migration status messages. A message isdisplayed to advise the migration has been successfully completed.

All migrated users and groups are displayed, and have the inherited Performance Scorecardattributes for their security roles.

Transferring Existing Strategic Finance Users to Shared ServicesIf this is the first time you have configured Strategic Finance for use with Shared Services , youmust transfer the users and user groups from Strategic Finance.

Note: Before you can perform this task, you must go to Shared Services and set up the user nameyou are using for the installation as a Provisioning Manager and Administrator. Refer tothe Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Security AdministrationGuide.

Caution! If you are using Strategic Finance with the built-in NTLM security in your previousrelease, before upgrading you need to perform an additional task. Before upgrading,use the previous release to migrate existing Strategic Finance built-in NTLM usersto either Active Directory or native users in Shared Services

Note: If you are also upgrading from a previous release of Shared Services, for this release only,you may migrate Strategic Finance built-in NTLM users to NTLM users under SharedServices. However, this is not an optimal solution since NTLM services are being phasedout for support by Shared Services.

ä To migrate existing Strategic Finance users to Shared Services:

1 From the Windows desktop select Start, then Programs, then Hyperion Solutions, then Strategic Finance,then Server, and then Server Administrator.

2 When the Administrator utility prompts to ask if you wish to start migrating Strategic Finance users and usergroup to the newShared Services, click OK.

3 In the Users dialog box, select an option from the Migration Action column for each user in Strategic Financeto define how each will be migrated, then click OK.

For each user, the table lists the following information:

l The Name column lists the name of the user name as it exists in Strategic Finance.

l The User ID column lists the name of the user name as it exists in the Standard NTLMProvider.


l The New Shared Services ID column lists the name of the user name as it exists in SharedServices. This column will be empty if the user does not yet exist in Shared Services.

l The Role column lists the user group role to be assigned in Shared Services as the user groupwill be created in Shared Services.

l The Status column indicates if the user name has been located or not.

l The Migration Action column enables you to define how each user will be migrated.

If a user does not exist in an external directory (NTLM, MSAD, or LDAP), select one of thefollowing options:

m The Create Native User option will create a new user name in an external directory andmigrate the user name over.

If a user currently exists in Shared Services, select one of the following options:

m The Map to Existing User option will migrate the Strategic Finance user over to thecorresponding user name in an external directory.

m The Don’t Migrate option will not copy the user to Shared Services.

4 In the User Groups dialog box, select an option from the Migration Action column and the Role column foreach user group in the Name column to define how each will be migrated, then click Finish.

For each user group, the table lists the following information:

l The Name column lists the name of the user group as it exists in Strategic Finance.

l The Shared Services Name column lists the name of the user group as it exists in SharedServices. This column will be empty if the user does not yet exist in Shared Services.

l The Role column enables you to define how each user will be migrated.

l The Migration Action column enables you to define how each user will be migrated.

If a user group does not exist in Shared Services, select one of the following options:

m The Create Native Group option will create a new user group in Shared Services andmigrate the user group over.

If a user group currently exists in Shared Services, select one of the following options:

m The Merge option will merge the Strategic Finance user group with the correspondinguser group in Shared Services.

m The Don’t Migrate option will not copy the user group to Shared Services.

Once users and user groups have been migrated from Strategic Finance to SharedServices, the Users tab of the Administrator utility will no longer be displayed, as allrelated functionality has been moved over to Shared Services. To verify, you can checkthe log file that automatically displays when the migration is complete.

Transferring FDM Users to Shared ServicesUse the User Provisioning Migration utility to provision users in a current FDM application toShared Services. See the Oracle Hyperion Financial Data Quality Management ConfigurationGuide for detailed instructions.


Implementing the Unique Identity AttributeAfter you upgrade, if you were using the location-specific identity attribute DN, Oraclerecommends that you use a provider-specific identity attribute, (for example, orclguid forOID, nsuniqueid for SunONE, and ObjectGUID for MSAD). See the Oracle HyperionEnterprise Performance Management System Security Administration Guide for information.

Additional Product-Specific Upgrade Tasks

Refreshing the Performance Management Architect UserInterfaceTo ensure that the text labels are displayed correctly in the Performance Management Architectuser interface, after upgrading, delete temporary internet files in Internet Explorer.

Upgrading Essbase to Release 11.1.1.xThe following are product specific tasks for upgrading Essbase to Release 11.1.1.x.

Upgrading Essbase DatabasesAfter upgrading, you can restore databases from earlier releases of Essbase Server from backups.Before proceeding, familiarize yourself with using MaxL statements. See the MaxL section of theOracle Essbase Technical Reference.

ä To upgrade Essbase databases to Release 11.1.1.x:

1 Select a database or load an application.

2 Use the alter database validate MaxL statement against the upgraded database.

3 If the validation returns to the log file only LRO-related errors, restore data from the earlier backup and re-create the LROs:

a. Either restore data from a backup of the database that does not contain LROs, or load froma database export.

b. Restart the database in Essbase Release 11.1.1.x.

Essbase upgrades the database to Release 11.1.1.x format, if the database is restored.

c. Validate the database by using the alter database validate MaxL statement.

d. Recreate the LROs, using the LISTLINKEDOBJECTS output as a guide.

You may need to manually review the output from LISTLINKEDOBJECTS to verifycompleteness.

4 Upon successful completion, unload the database, and then back up the Release 11.1.1.x database files.


5 Repeat these steps for each database that you want to upgrade.

Note: Essbase Server upgrades a database when the database is started. Upgraded kernel files arenot backward-compatible with the earlier release.

How Cache Sizes are Affected by UpgradesIf you are currently running Essbase using direct I/O, and you plan to use buffered I/O (thedefault) after the upgrade, you may need to reduce the cache size settings. For information aboutI/O access modes and about setting cache sizes, see the Oracle Essbase Database Administrator'sGuide.

Upgrading Reporting and AnalysisIf you are using Web Analysis, or Oracle's Hyperion® SQR® Production Reporting, there is anadditional upgrade task to perform.

Upgrading Web Analysis

ä To decrypt previously stored passwords:

1 Log on to EPM Workspace Agent Configuration and Monitoring Console (CMC).

2 In Web Application Configuration View, open properties for the Web Analysis Web Application.

3 Switch to the Other tab and set DecryptOldPasswords to Yes.

Upgrading Production Reporting

ä To update SQR Server locations:

1 Log on to Service Configurator.

2 Open Job Factory (JF) properties, PR tab.

3 Update locations for all Production Reporting (PR) servers using new locations, for example: C:/Hyperion/products/biplus/bin/SQR/Server/Oracle/bin.

Upgrading Strategic Finance

Data Conversion After UpgradeIf you are using the Strategic Finance client as a standalone program, data conversion is simple.After the software is installed, open your existing.alc files in the new release, and StrategicFinance converts your data to the upgraded format. Save the converted file.

Additional Product-Specific Upgrade Tasks 187

If you are using a Client-Server implementation and point the upgraded Strategic Finance serverto an existing database during configuration, it converts that database upon first startup, and aseach entity is opened at user request. The administrator may also force one or more entities inthe database by using the Strategic Finance Administrator Utility.

New Port Used by Strategic FinanceIn releases earlier than 9.3.x, Strategic Finance used port 1493. Since Release 9.3.x, the defaultport used for Strategic Finance is 7750. It may be necessary to select the new port number forconnections configured on workstations that had clients installed previously.

Upgrading Customized SystemsCopy custom files and client-defined fields to another directory before removing the earlierrelease. After installing this release and restarting the client or server, copy custom files to theprogram directories of the client and server:

Caution! If the client or server starts without these files, your customizations are notimplemented.

l custom.coa files. E.g.your company.coa

l currdata.dat

l consdata.dat

l convert.idx

Working in an Environment with Multiple ReleasesTo enable EPM System products from the 9.3.x release to work with the current release of SharedServices (a mixed release environment), you must update the Shared Services Registry.

During configuration of 11.1.1.x products, EPM System Configurator automatically updates theShared Services Registry with components for each product. For 9.3.x products, you must createthese components manually by editing the Shared Services Registry. The epmsys_registryutility is provided to make these edits.

These steps are required only for 9.3.x releases of EPM System products (9.3.1 for Essbase); theyare not required if you are using 9.2.x releases of EPM System products.

The following products are supported in this scenario:



l Planning



ä To update the Shared Services Registry with information for applicable 9.3.x products:

1 Make sure you have upgraded to the current release of Shared Services and backed up the Shared ServicesRegistry database.

When you upgrade to the current release of Shared Services, templates are installed toHYPERION_HOME/common/config/9.5.0.0/resources/mixedrelease. The templatesare provided to simplify making updates to the Shared Services Registry.

Tip: Back up the templates before you proceed. You might need to refer to them later.

2 Review which template files you need to edit, based on the products you have.

Table 63 Templates for Working in a Mixed-Release Environment

File Name When to Use What it Does

Essbase.xml If you are using Essbase release9.3.1 with Performance ManagementArchitect to create Essbaseapplications.

Creates the 9.3.1 Essbasecomponent hierarchy and addsentries for one or more instances ofEssbase Server release 9.3.1 andAdministration Services to theShared Services Registry.

Planning.xml If you are using Planning release9.3.x.

Creates the 9.3.x Planningcomponent hierarchy and addsentries for one or more instances ofthe Planning release 9.3.x Webapplication to the Shared ServicesRegistry.

Scorecard.xml If you are using PerformanceScorecard release 9.3.x.

Creates the 9.3.x PerformanceScorecard component hierarchy andadds entries for one or moreinstances of the PerformanceScorecard release 9.3.x Web ReportsWeb application to the SharedServices Registry.

FinancialManagement.

xml

If you are using FinancialManagement release 9.3.x.

Creates the 9.3.x FinancialManagement component hierarchyand adds entries for one or moreinstances of Financial Managementrelease 9.3.x Web application,cluster, and server to the SharedServices Registry.

If you have already used one of the previous files for a product, and later add an additional server,Web application, or cluster, use the following files to make additional updates to the SharedServices Registry.

Table 64 Templates to Use if You Are Adding an Additional Server, Web Application, or Cluster


Essbase_server.xml If you are using Essbase release9.3.1 with Performance Management

Adds entries for one or moreadditional instances of Essbase

Working in an Environment with Multiple Releases 189


Architect to create Essbaseapplications, and you want to addone or more additional EssbaseServers to the Shared ServicesRegistry.

Caution! Use this file only after youhave used Essbase.xml.

Server release 9.3.1 to the SharedServices Registry.

Essbase_eas.xml If you are using AdministrationServices release 9.3.1 withPerformance Management Architectto create Essbase applications, andyou want to add one or moreadditional Administration ServicesWeb applications to the SharedServices Registry.

Caution! Use this file only after youhave used Essbase.xml.

Adds entries for one or moreadditional Administration Servicesrelease 9.3.1 Web applications to theShared Services Registry.

Planning_webapp.xml If you are using Planning release9.3.x, and you want to add one ormore additional Planning Webapplications to the Shared ServicesRegistry.

Caution! Use this file only after youhave used Planning.xml.

Adds entries for one or moreadditional instances of the Planning9.3.x Web application to the SharedServices Registry.

Scorecard_webapp.xml If you are using PerformanceScorecard release 9.3.x, and youwant to add one or more additionalPerformance Scorecard Web ReportsWeb applications to the SharedServices Registry.

Caution! Use this file only after youhave used Scorecard.xml.

Adds entries for one or moreadditional instances of thePerformance Scorecard 9.3.x WebReports Web application to theShared Services Registry.

FinancialManagement_

webapp.xml

If you are using FinancialManagement release 9.3.x, and youwant to add one or more additionalFinancial Management Webapplications to the Shared ServicesRegistry.

Caution! Use this file only after youhave usedFinancialManagement.xml.

Adds entries for one or moreadditional instances of the FinancialManagement 9.3.x Web applicationto the Shared Services Registry.

FinancialManagement_ If you are using FinancialManagement release 9.3.x, and youwant to add one or more additionalFinancial Management clusters to theShared Services Registry.


Adds entries for one or moreadditional instances of the Financial



cluster.xml Tip: If you create a new cluster afteryou've completed this procedure, youmust update this file again.

Management 9.3.x cluster to theShared Services Registry.

FinancialManagement_

server.xml

If you are using FinancialManagement release 9.3.x, and youwant to add one or more additionalFinancial Management Servers to theShared Services Registry.


Adds entries for one or moreadditional instances of FinancialManagement Server release 9.3.x tothe Shared Services Registry.

3 On a machine hosting the 11.1.x EPM System software, edit one or more of the files in any text editoraccording to the instructions in the file. The files are in:

HYPERION_HOME/common/config/9.5.0.0/resources/mixedrelease

You have to make the edits on one machine only.

Note: If you enter any non-English characters while editing the templates, save the file usingUTF-8 encoding.

4 On the machine on which you edited the templates, go to HYPERION_HOME/common/config/9.5.0.0 and for each file that you edited, run the following command:

epmsys_registry.bat createcomponenthierarchy resources/mixedrelease/file

where file is the name of the file you edited in the previous step.

For each product, run epmsys_registry with the following files first: Essbase.xml,Planning.xml, Scorecard.xml, and FinancialManagement.xml.

For UNIX, enter:

epmsys_registry.sh createcomponenthierarchy resources/mixedrelease/file

where file is the name of the file you edited in the previous step.

For example, if you have the 9.3.x release of Essbase, Planning, and Financial Management, andyou have two Planning Web applications, run the following commands:

epmsys_registry createcomponenthierarchy resources/mixedrelease/Essbase.xml

epmsys_registry createcomponenthierarchy resources/mixedrelease/Planning.xml

epmsys_registry createcomponenthierarchy resources/mixedrelease/FinancialManagement.xml

The epmsys_registry utility updates the Shared Services Registry with the information youentered in the files.

If you later add an additional Planning Web application, run the following command:

epmsys_registry createcomponenthierarchy resources/mixedrelease/Planning_webapp.xml


5 If you are using Financial Management Release 9.3.1, from the directory HYPERION_HOME/common/config/9.5.0.0, execute the following command:

epmsys_registry addfile FINANCIAL_MANAGEMENT_PRODUCT/@EPMA_deployUI resources/mixedrelease/HFM_EPMA_deployUI.xml

You should see the response “The new property has been added to the component.”

6 If you are using Essbase Release 9.3.1, from the directory HYPERION_HOME/common/config/9.5.0.0, execute the following command:

epmsys_registry addfile ESSBASE_PRODUCT/@EPMA_deployUI resources/mixedrelease/Essbase_EPMA_deployUI.xml

You should see the response “The new property has been added to the component.”

7 Run EPM System Configurator and configure EPM Workspace Web Server again. (On the Task Selection page,select the EPM Workspace Web Server Configuration task.)

Keep all products selected.

You must complete the Web Server Configuration task for EPM Workspace last to ensure thatall products are configured to work with EPM Workspace.

8 Restart the EPM Workspace Web Application and Shared Services.

Tip: If you realize that you made a mistake in the template files after you have already runepmsys_registry, you need to make additional edits to the Shared Services Registry tocorrect the error. See Appendix F, “Updating the Shared Services Registry.”

Caution! Run epmsys_registry only once with the following files: Essbase.xml,Planning.xml, Scorecard.xml, and FinancialManagement.xml.

Using Reporting and Analysis 11.1.1.3 with Earlier Releasesof PlanningIf you are using an earlier release of Planning with EPM Workspace 11.1.1.x and Shared Services11.1.1.x, you must perform additional configuration steps.

Note: EPM System Installer installs the Planning ADM driver for the versions of Planning listedin the following sections. However, if you have installed a service fix for Planning, thePlanning .jar and .dll or .so files for the ADM driver must be in sync with the currentversion of Planning. So, for example, if you are using Planning Release 9.3.1.1.10, makesure to follow the service fix installation instructions in the Planning Readme.

Using Reporting and Analysis 11.1.1.3 with Planning 11.1.1.2

ä To use Reporting and Analysis 11.1.1.3 with Planning 11.1.1.2:

1 Stop all Financial Reporting services and the Hyperion Workspace - Agent Service.


2 Back up and rename the folder HYPERION_HOME/common/ADM/Planning/9.5.0.0 toHYPERION_HOME/common/ADM/Planning/11.1.1.3.

3 Rename the folder HYPERION_HOME/common/ADM/Planning/11.1.1.2 to HYPERION_HOME/common/ADM/Planning/9.5.0.0.

4 Back up and rename the folder HYPERION_HOME/common/EssbaseRTC/9.5.0.0 toHYPERION_HOME/common/EssbaseRTC/11.1.1.3.

5 Rename the folder HYPERION_HOME/common/EssbaseRTC/11.1.1.2 to HYPERION_HOME/common/EssbaseRTC/9.5.0.0.

6 Restart the services that you stopped in Step1.








6 Restart the services that you stopped in step 1.








6 Restart the services that you stopped in step 1.


Using Reporting and Analysis 11.1.1.x with Planning 9.3.1:

ä To use Reporting and Analysis 11.1.1.x with Planning 9.3.1:

1 Edit fr.env in Hyperion_Home/products/biplus/lib as follows:

#ADM_HP_HOME=%HYPERION_HOME%/common/ADM/Planning/9.5.0ADM_HP_HOME=%HYPERION_HOME%/common/ADM/Planning/9.3.1.0

2 For WebLogic, WebSphere, or Tomcat: In setCustomParamsFinancialReporting.cmd, which isfound in HYPERION_HOME/deployments/AppServerType/bin/, make sure the version numberin the following entry is 9.3.1.0: HYPERION_HOME/common/ADM/Planning/version/bin.

3 For Oracle Application Server, add the following library search path variable for your OC4J instance in OracleApplication Server console: HYPERION_HOME/common/ADM/Planning/version/bin whereversion is the version of Planning that is installed.

4 For Oracle Application Server, edit /Oracle_Home/j2ee/FinancialReporting/config/application.xml and insert the following lines just before the entry that sets the library path tobiplus/lib:

<library path="${HYPERION_HOME}\common\ADM\Planning\9.3.1.0\lib"/>

<library path="C:\Hyperion\products\biplus\lib" />

Note: Do not remove any values from application.xml.

5 Restart Financial Reporting Web application and Financial Reporting Report Server service.

Using Reporting and Analysis 11.1.1.x with Planning 9.3.0.1

ä To use Reporting and Analysis 11.1.1.x with Planning 9.3.0.1

1 Edit fr.env to point to the correct location as follows:

The fr.env file can be found in Hyperion_Home/products/biplus/lib.

#ADM_HP_HOME=%HYPERION_HOME%/common/ADM/Planning/9.5.0ADM_HP_HOME=%HYPERION_HOME%/common/ADM/Planning/9.3.0

2 For WebLogic, WebSphere, or Tomcat: In setCustomParamsFinancialReporting.cmd, which isfound in HYPERION_HOME/deployments/AppServerType/bin/, make sure the version numberin the following entry is 9.3.0: HYPERION_HOME/common/ADM/Planning/version/bin.



<library path="${HYPERION_HOME}\common\ADM\Planning\9.3.0\lib"/>




5 Restart Financial Reporting Services.

Using Reporting and Analysis 11.1.1.x with Planning 9.2.1

ä To use Reporting and Analysis 11.1.1.x with Planning 9.2.1:











Using Reporting and Analysis 11.1.1.x with Planning 9.2.0.3

ä To use Reporting and Analysis 11.1.1.x with Planning 9.2.0.3:












Using Earlier Releases of Administration ServicesIf you are upgrading Provider Services from Release 9.2.0.3 to Release 11.1.1.x, and if you arenot upgrading Administration Services from 9.2.0.3, then, you must complete the followingsteps:

1. Close the Administration Services Console.

2. Copy APS_11.1.1_INSTALL_PATH/lib/ess_es_gui.jar to EAS_INSTALL/console/lib (overwrite the existing ess_es_gui.jar file).

3. Restart the Administration Services Console.

4. Administer through the “Hyperion Provider Services” node in the Administration ServicesConsole.

Upgrading from EPM System Release 9.3.x After Working inAn Environment with Multiple ReleasesIf you have been working in an environment with multiple releases, where not all products wereupgraded to EPM System Release 11.1.1.x, and now you want to upgrade products to the currentrelease, you must first update the Shared Services Registry to remove the information forapplicable 9.3.x products. After you update the Shared Services Registry, you can proceed withupgrading EPM System products.

The following Release 9.3.x products are supported in this scenario:



l Planning

l Essbase and Administration Services

Tip: For more information about editing the Shared Services Registry, see Appendix F,“Updating the Shared Services Registry.”


ä To upgrade a product from Release 9.3.x after you have been working in an environment withmultiple releases:

1 Back up the Shared Services Registry.

2 On a machine hosting the 11.1.x EPM System software, go to HYPERION_HOME/common/config/9.5.0.0 and run the following command:

epmsys_registry view componentType

where componentType is one of the following values, depending on which 9.3.x product youhave installed:

l Planning_Product

l Essbase_Product

l Financial_Management_Product

l Performance_Scorecard_Product

3 From the display, note the Component ID.

4 Run the following command:

HYPERION_HOME/common/config/9.5.0.0/epmsys_registry updateproperty #componentID/@version 9.5.0.0

where componentID is the component's ID you found when you viewed the componenthierarchy.

5 Run the following command to get the Component IDs of the logical Web applications that are associatedwith the product.

HYPERION_HOME/common/config/9.5.0.0/epmsys_registry view componentType/Logical_Web_App

where componentType is one of the following, depending on which product you have:

l Planning_Product

l Essbase_Product

l Financial_Management_Product

l Performance_Scorecard_Product

6 From the display, note the Component ID or IDs.

7 For each Logical_Web_App Component ID, run the following command:

HYPERION_HOME/common/config/9.5.0.0/epmsys_registry updateproperty #componentID/@version 9.5.0.0

where componentID is the component's ID you found when you viewed the componenthierarchy.

8 Repeat the previous steps for each applicable 9.3.x product.

9 Upgrade applicable 9.3.x products, following the steps in “Upgrading Checklist” on page 172.

10 Restart EPM Workspace and Shared Services.


9Reconfiguring EPM System

Products

In This Chapter

Reconfiguring for SSL... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Redeploying to a Different Web Application Server Type... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Changing Repository Passwords... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Reconfiguring Ports .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

EPM System Configurator enables you to reconfigure products to incorporate changes in yourenvironment.

To reconfigure, launch EPM System Configurator on the computer hosting the product, andfollow the procedures in Chapter 4, “Configuring EPM System Products.”

Note the following information about reconfiguring:

l If you are reconfiguring the application server for Shared Services, you must also reconfigurethe relational database.

l If you reconfigure a database, restart the Web application server afterward.

l If you reconfigure to change a port or server, you must also reconfigure the EPM WorkspaceWeb server and then restart the EPM Workspace Web application.

Reconfiguring for SSLIf you want to change from an SSL-enabled environment to a non-SSL enabled environment,or vice versa, you must use EPM System Configurator to reconfigure all EPM System products,selecting the following configuration tasks:

l Common Settings — Change the “Enable SSL for communications” option

l Deploy to Application Server — Redeploy all Web applications

l Configure Web server — Reconfigure the Web server

Redeploying to a Different Web Application Server TypeIf you have already installed and configured EPM System products and deployed applicationsto a Web application server, and you want to deploy to a different Web application server type,you can do so using the following procedures. You can redeploy while you are applying a

Reconfiguring for SSL 199

maintenance release or at any time by running EPM System Configurator and selecting the newWeb application server type for deployment.

Note: You cannot mix Web application server types for the deployment within a singleinstallation of EPM System. You must redeploy all Web applications to the same Webapplication server type if you want to change the Web application server type.

Redeploying from the Embedded Java Container orWebSphere to WebLogic ServerIf you previously deployed products to Embedded Java Container or WebSphere, you canredeploy to WebLogic Server during configuration with EPM System Configurator.

ä To migrate the EPM System product deployment from the Embedded Java Container orWebSphere to WebLogic Server:

1 Stop all the services for EPM System products and for the Web application server (Hyperion Apache 2.0service or the WebSphere service).

2 Navigate to HYPERION_HOME/common/httpServers/Apache/2.0.59/conf/ and openhttpd.conf in a text editor.

3 Scroll to the end of file and make the following edits, depending on your Web application server.

l For Embedded Java container, remove the lines starting with Include conf/HYSLTomcat-autogenerated.conf (the number of these directives depends on thenumber of configured components).

l For WebSphere, remove the lines starting with Include conf/WebSphereautogenerated.conf (the number of these directives depends on the numberof configured components).

4 Start EPM System Configurator, and select the Deploy to Application Server task for all the currently deployedapplications. During configuration, select WebLogic Server.

5 Configure EPM Workspace Web Server last.


Redeploying Applications from Oracle Application Server toWebLogic Server

ä To redeploy applications from the Oracle Application Server to WebLogic Server:

1 Stop all the Web applications and services for EPM System products and stop all Oracle Application ServerOPMN services.

2 Start EPM System Configurator, and select the Deploy to Application Server tasks for all the currently deployedapplications. During configuration, select WebLogic Server.

200 Reconfiguring EPM System Products

3 Configure EPM Workspace Web Server last.


Changing Repository PasswordsFor EPM System products that require a database repository, you can change repositorypasswords after product deployments.

After changing database repository passwords, restart EPM System products as described inChapter 5, “Starting and Stopping EPM System Products.”

Changing the Shared Services and Registry RepositoryPasswordIf you are working in a distributed environment, repeat this procedure on each machine in thedeployment.

ä To change the password for the Shared Services and Registry repository:

1 Using the database administration console, change the password of the user account that was used toconfigure the Shared Services database.

2 Stop EPM System Web applications and services and processes.

3 Start EPM System Configurator, and under the Foundation tasks, select Configure Database.

4 On the “Shared Services and Registry Database Configuration” page, select Connect to a previouslyconfigured Shared Services database.

5 Keeping the existing database and user, enter the new password for the user account that was used toconfigure the Shared Services database.

6 Continue the configuration, and click Finish when you are done.

7 Restart the Web applications and services and processes.

Changing EPM System Product Repository Passwords

ä To change the password for the repository for EPM System products other than Shared Services:

1 Using the database administration console, change the password of the user account that was used toconfigure the EPM System product database.

2 Stop EPM System Web applications and services and processes.

3 Start EPM System Configurator, and under the product you want to configure, select Configure Database.

4 On the “Database Configuration” page, select Perform 1st-time configuration of database.

Changing Repository Passwords 201

5 Specify the existing database and user, and enter the new password for the user account that was used toconfigure the EPM System product database.

6 When you are prompted to choose whether to Drop and recreate tables or Reuse the existing database,select Reuse the existing database.


8 Restart the Web application and services and processes.

Changing the Planning Applications Repository PasswordUse Edit Datasource in the Classic Planning Application wizard to change the Applicationsrepository password. See Oracle Hyperion Planning Administrator's Guide.

Changing the Performance Management Architect InterfaceDatasource PasswordPerform the following procedure if you are using the Interface Data Source configuration withPerformance Management Architect applications.

ä To change the Performance Management Architect Interface Data Source password:

1 In the database, change the password.

2 Run EPM System Configurator.

3 On the Task Selection page, in the Performance Management Architect area, select Interface DataSourceConfiguration.

4 Select Edit an existing datasource link, and then select the datasource link.

5 On the database configuration details page, enter the new password. Deselect Create Interface Tables, if itis selected.


Changing the FDM Repository Password

ä To change the FDM repository password using FDM Workbench:


2 From FDM Workbench, choose Add Application and log in.

3 Choose the application for which you want to change the repository and select Modify.

4 Select the Database tab and replace the existing password with the new password.

5 Click OK.

6 Click OK on the Application screen.

7 Ensure that you can log in to the application.


ä To change the FDM repository password using FDM Web:


2 From the FDM Web logon screen, choose Add Application and log in.

3 Choose the application for which you want to change the repository password and select Modify.

4 Click OK.

5 Click Close.

6 Ensure that you can log in to the application.

Changing the Data Relationship Management RepositoryPassword

ä To change the Data Relationship Management repository password:

1 Stop Data Relationship Management.


3 Open the Data Relationship Management console.

4 Go to Database Settings.

5 In Database Login, enter the new password.

6 To test the new password, select connect.

7 Enter the password again and select OK.

You should see a message, “Successfully connected to database.”

8 Restart Data Relationship Management.

Reconfiguring PortsFor information about ports, port numbers, and how to configure ports, see “Ports” in OracleHyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Installation Start Here.

Reconfiguring Ports 203

10Deployment Scenarios

In This Chapter

Considerations for Distributed Environments... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Adding Servers to a Financial Management Deployment .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Considerations for Distributed EnvironmentsNote the following about product installations if you are working in a distributed environment:

l If you are installing multiple instance of Essbase Server on a single computer, see “InstallingAdditional Instances of Essbase Server” on page 56.

l EPM System products support only one instance of Shared Services. A single instance of aproduct does not recognize a second instance of Shared Services. You can have only oneinstance of Shared Services in a deployment.

l For EPM Workspace, EPM System Configurator requires that you install the Web serverand the Web application server on the same machine (the machine on which you installEPM Workspace). If you want to have the Web server and the Web application server onseparate machines, you must perform manual configuration steps. See the Oracle HyperionEnterprise Performance Management System Manual Deployment Guide for information.

l If you are using Financial Management and EPM Workspace with IIS, you must installFinancial Management Web applications and EPM Workspace on the same box.

l EPM Workspace and the application being integrated must be deployed to the same Webapplication server type. For example, if EPM Workspace is deployed to Oracle ApplicationServer, Performance Management Architect must also be deployed to Oracle ApplicationServer. If an application being integrated does not support the EPM Workspace Webapplication server, redeploy EPM Workspace to a commonly supported Web applicationserver (Oracle WebLogic Server).

l When using Financial Management as a data source, for performance reasons, running bothReporting and Analysis and Financial Management on a Windows platform is highlyrecommended. Deploying Financial Management and Reporting and Analysis in a mixedenvironment of Windows and UNIX may result in unsatisfactory performance.

l You can have only one instance of Financial Reporting Scheduler service running in yourenvironment.

Considerations for Distributed Environments 205

Adding Servers to a Financial Management DeploymentThe following procedure defines an overview of the recommended process for adding serversto the Financial Management environment, defining clusters, and adding servers to the clusters.

ä To add servers to your Financial Management environment:

1 After you install Financial Management on a new server or servers, run EPM System Configurator on all newservers and select the “Configure Application Server” task.

2 Run EPM System Configurator on any one application server and select the “Configure Application Cluster”task to define clusters and add or remove servers to clusters.

3 Run EPM System Configurator on any application or Web server and select the “Register Application Servers/Cluster” task.

4 Restart EPM Workspace services.

5 In EPM Workspace, register each application against the preferred cluster. See the Oracle EnterprisePerformance Management Workspace Administrator's Guide.

206 Deployment Scenarios

11Uninstalling EPM System

In This Chapter

Uninstalling EPM System Products .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Performing a Silent Uninstallation... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

You can uninstall this release of EPM System products using EPM System Uninstaller. You canalso perform a silent uninstallation.

When you uninstall EPM System products, EPM System Uninstaller:

l Stops and removes installed services.

l Un-deploys installed Web applications.

l Removes desktop icons and start menu icons.

l Clears the product installation directory of all files.

l Removes appropriate entries from the Windows registry.

l Removes appropriate entries from the Shared Services Registry.

l Removes appropriate entries (such as virtual directories) from IIS.

l Removes appropriate entries from the OUI inventory (Oracle installation files list used forpatching purposes).

Caution! When you uninstall EPM System products, EPM System Uninstaller removeseverything from the installation directory. Before you uninstall, be sure to back upany files you want to keep that are in HYPERION_HOME. For information aboutbacking up files, see Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management SystemBackup and Recovery Guide. EPM System Uninstaller does preserve the Essbase /app directory, security file (essbase.sec), and configuration file (essbase.cfg).

Uninstalling EPM System Products

ä To uninstall EPM System products:

1 Choose a method:

l (Windows) In HYPERION_HOME/uninstall, double-click uninstall.cmd.

Uninstalling EPM System Products 207

l (Windows) In the Windows Control Panel, select Add or Remove Programs, selectHyperion EPM System, and click Change/Remove.

l (Windows) From a Windows console, change to HYPERION_HOME/uninstall/, and thenenter uninstall.cmd.

l From the Start menu, select Programs, then Oracle EPM System, then Foundation Services,and then Uninstall EPM System.

l (UNIX) Change to the HYPERION_HOME/uninstall directory and type ./uninstall.sh.

l (UNIX) Change to the HYPERION_HOME/uninstall directory and type ./uninstall.sh —console.

2 Exit other programs before you continue, and then click Next.

3 Select the products to uninstall, and then click Next. All components of the selected products are uninstalled.

For example, if you uninstall any Essbase component, EPM System Uninstaller uninstalls allEssbase components.

All installed products are selected by default. Select “Deselect All Products” to clear the selectionsfor all products, and then select only the products you want to uninstall.

If multiple versions of Essbase Server are installed, select the instance to uninstall. Determinethe instance by looking at the installation location in the “Location” column.

If you uninstall any Reporting and Analysis component, all other Reporting and Analysiscomponents are disabled.

4 Specify whether you want to delete all the files and directories in the Hyperion home directory.

If you select this option, data and customized files will be deleted.

5 Confirm the products to uninstall, and then click Next.

EPM System Uninstaller displays progress incrementally as each assembly's uninstallation iscomplete.

Note: To cancel the uninstallation, click Cancel. When you click Cancel, EPM SystemUninstaller stops the uninstallation of the current assembly and rolls that assembly backto an installed state. It does not undo uninstallations for assemblies that were alreadyuninstalled.

EPM System Uninstaller indicates the success or failure of the uninstallation. If any part of theuninstallation failed, EPM System Uninstaller notes which assembly failed to uninstall. Checkthe log files for more information about the errors. You can find the log files inHYPERION_HOME/logs/install. There is a log file for each assembly, named product-install.log; for example, hss-install.log.

6 Click Finish to close EPM System Uninstaller.

208 Uninstalling EPM System

Performing a Silent UninstallationSilent uninstallations automate the uninstallation process so that you can uninstall EPM Systemproducts on multiple computers without manually specifying uninstallation settings on eachmachine.

To uninstall EPM System products on multiple computers using the same uninstallation options,record a response file during installation. You can then run a silent uninstallation from thecommand line, using the options that were saved in the response file.

ä To run a silent uninstallation:

1 Copy the response file that you created during installation to the machine on which you want to run theuninstallation. You can also copy the file to a network drive that is accessible from the machines on whichyou want to uninstall.

For information about recording a response file during installation, see “Performing SilentInstallations” on page 54.


uninstall.cmd -silent filename

for Windows or

uninstall.sh -silent filename

for UNIX.

The uninstallation runs in the background.

Performing a Silent Uninstallation 209

210 Uninstalling EPM System

12License Compliance

In This Chapter

Ensuring License Compliance... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Activating and Deactivating Product Features... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Auditing Usage ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

This chapter describes the licensing compliance requirements for a new installation of EPMSystem products.

Ensuring License ComplianceTo ensure compliance with your license agreement, Oracle recommends that you:

l Activate or deactivate features according to your license agreement. See “Activating andDeactivating Product Features” on page 211.

l Audit your usage. See “Auditing Usage” on page 211.

Activating and Deactivating Product FeaturesDuring product configuration with EPM System Configurator, on the Product Options page,for some products you must activate or deactivate features according to your license agreement.See Chapter 4, “Configuring EPM System Products” and review your license agreement toidentify features that you are authorized to use.

For information about viewing which options you activated, see the Oracle Hyperion EnterprisePerformance Management System Installation and Configuration Troubleshooting Guide

Auditing UsageYou must audit services and users in accordance with your license agreement and the SoftwareCopy and Use Schedule.

To audit users, create a provisioning report. See “Generating Provisioning Reports” in the OracleHyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Security Administration Guide. A

Ensuring License Compliance 211

provisioning report provides a list of users provisioned to each application, either directly orthrough a group.

212 License Compliance

AWhat Happens During

Installation

In This Appendix

What Happens During Shared Services Installation ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

What Happens During EPM Workspace Installation ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

What Happens During Performance Management Architect Installation ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

What Happens During Calculation Manager Installation ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

What Happens During Smart View Installation ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

What Happens During Essbase Installation ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

What Happens During Essbase Studio Installation ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

What Happens During Integration Services Installation ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

What Happens During Administration Services Installation... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

What Happens During Provider Services Installation ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

What Happens During Smart Search Installation ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

What Happens During Reporting and Analysis Installation ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

What Happens During Planning Installation ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

What Happens During Financial Management Installation... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

What Happens During Performance Scorecard Installation ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

What Happens During Strategic Finance Installation ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

What Happens During Profitability and Cost Management Installation ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

What Happens During FDM Installation... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

What Happens During Data Relationship Management Installation ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

During installation, EPM System Installer installs components and services for the products thatyou select and creates Start menu items under All Users.

What Happens During Shared Services InstallationDuring a typical installation, EPM System Installer performs the following operations:

l Installs EPM System common components to HYPERION_HOME/common.

For information about HYPERION_HOME and a list of directories created, see “Common Filesinstalled in the HYPERION_HOME Directory” on page 214.

l Installs these components:

m OpenLDAP database (stores security-services-related data)

What Happens During Shared Services Installation 213

m Shared Services server

m Shared Services Help

m Oracle's Hyperion® Remote Authentication Module

l Adds shortcuts to the Start menu.

Files Installed in the Foundation DirectoryShared Services files are installed in HYPERION_HOME/products/Foundation.

The following table describes the files and folders installed in the /Foundation directory.

Table 65 Foundation Installation Directories

Directory Contents

_uninst Files for uninstalling Shared Services

AppServer InstallableApps—war and ear files and scripts and other files needed to deploy an application;as part of preparing a war or ear file for deployment, the war file MAY be unpacked here and somefiles modified, then the war or ear file repacked, ready for deployment

bin Shared Services start and stop scripts

BPMA Performance Management Architect files

CALC Calculation Manager files

openLDAP OpenLDAP database files

server Shared Services executable files, default relational database files, Java class files, and server localefiles

SmartView Smart View files

temp Location for temporary files

workspace EPM Workspace files

Common Files installed in the HYPERION_HOME DirectoryVarious files are installed in the HYPERION_HOME/common directory by a default installation ofShared Services. Some common components, and thus some files and directories, are optionaland might not be installed.

The following table describes the files and folders installed in the HYPERION_HOME/commondirectory.

Table 66 Common Component Directories Created in the Common Directory

Directory Contents

ADM Analytic Data Model files

214 What Happens During Installation

Directory Contents

appServers Application server files

Axis Web services components

calc-client-sdk

CLS, CLS-64 License services APIs

config EPM System Configurator files

CSS Files to support EPM System external authentication

docs Product documentation files

epmstage Files to support OUI inventory

EssbaseJavaAPI Java driver used when embedding Essbase in other applications

EssbaseRTC, EssbaseRTC-64 Essbase runtime client used when embedding Essbase in otherapplications

httpServers Web server files for batteries included installation

HyperionLookAndFeel Installer user interface files

import_export LifeCycle management files

JakartaCommons Common development library files

JavaMail Files to support sending e-mail through Java

JCE JCE files for encryption, key generation and agreement, and MAC

JDBC JDBC files

JRE, JRE-64 Java Runtime Environment files

loggers Files for external authentication logging

Microsoft.NETFramework (Windows only) Microsoft .Net files

MSXML (Windows only) Microsoft XML parsers

Naming JNDI files

ODBC, ODBC-64 ODBC drivers

pma-client-sdk Performance Management Architect SDK common libraries

RMI RMI files

SAP, SAP-64 Placeholder directory for SAP files to be copied

Search Smart Search common files

SharedServices Supporting files for Shared Services

What Happens During Shared Services Installation 215

Directory Contents

utilities Utilities to change the location of EPM System Home and export,import, or validate provisioning data

validation Supporting files for EPM System Diagnostics

Velocity Supporting files for EPM System Diagnostics

VisualCRedistributable Visual C runtime library files

workspacert EPM Workspace Agent Service

XML Common XML components

The following table describes other files and folders installed in the HYPERION_HOME directory.

Table 67 Other Common Directories

Directory Contents

deployments A central location for storing the required Java application server specific files for each product

logs A directory for each product to store log files. For more information about log files, see the OracleHyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Installation and ConfigurationTroubleshooting Guide

The log files belonging to most Hyperion products are created in HYPERION_HOME/logs. Logfiles are created in a product-specific directory. For example, Shared Services logs are created inHYPERION_HOME/logs/SharedServices9.

Installation logs for each product are located Installation logs for all products are located inHYPERION_HOME/logs/install/product.

The first time you run Oracle's Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Diagnostics,it creates logszip.

Opatch Oracle patching tool files

oui Oracle installation files

products A directory for each product's product files. Each product's directory structure is described later inthis chapter.

uninstall Files to support the uninstallation process

upgrades

What Happens During EPM Workspace InstallationEPM Workspace files are installed in HYPERION_HOME/products/Foundation/workspace.

Files Installed in the EPM Workspace DirectoryThe following table describes the files and folders installed in the /workspace directory.


Table 68 EPM Workspace Installation Directories

Directory Contents

_uninst Files for uninstalling EPM Workspace

AppServer EPM Workspace and Web Analysis static content (online Help)

bin EPM Workspace utilities, start and stop scripts

common Common files for EPM Workspace configuration

data Physical location of EPM Workspace services

database Database scripts are used by EPM System Configurator to create the database repositoryschema

docs Sample files

install Annotation scripts

InstallableApps EPM Workspace war/ear files

lib Common library files for EPM Workspace

logs Log files for EPM Workspace

MigrationUtility Utility for migration from previous releases

SDK SDK files

syncCSSId

What Happens During Performance Management ArchitectInstallation

By default, the EPM System Installer performs these operations when you install PerformanceManagement Architect:

l Copies software files to the Performance Management Architect installation directory,creates the virtual directory in IIS, installs .NET Framework 2.0 if not installed, and installsC++ Runtime libraries.

l Installs some services. (For a list of services, see “Performance Management ArchitectServices” on page 122) Additional services are installed during configuration, and servicesdo not start until you configure with EPM System Configurator.

l Sets up a virtual directory in IIS for the Dimension Server.

What Happens During Performance Management Architect Installation 217

Files Installed in the Performance Management ArchitectDirectoryPerformance Management Architect files are installed in HYPERION_HOME/products/Foundation/BPMA.

The following table describes the files and folders installed in the /BPMA directory.

Table 69 Performance Management Architect Installation Directories

Directory Contents

_uninst Files for uninstalling Performance Management Architect

AppServer Files required for Java application server deployment for Dimension serverand Data Synchronization server

Common Shared libraries for Performance Management Architect

EPMABatchClient Files for using the Performance Management Architect Batch client, whichprovides a command line tool to access Performance ManagementArchitect

EPMAFileGenerator (Wiindows only) Files for the ADS file generator tool

Server (Windows only) SQL files required for relational database configuration

temp

What Happens During Calculation Manager InstallationCalculation Manager components are installed in HYPERION_HOME/products/Foundation/CALC.

Files Installed in the Calculation Manager DirectoryThe following table describes the files and folders installed in the /CALC directory.

Table 70 Calculation Manager Installation Directories

Directory Contents

_uninst Files to uninstall Calculation Manager.

AppServer Application server deployment files

config Configuration files

lib Hyperion Calculation Manager library files and utilities


What Happens During Smart View InstallationIf you use EPM System Installer to install Smart View, Smart View files are installed inHYPERION_HOME/products/Foundation/SmartView or HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/SmartView.

If you installed Smart View using the standalone executable, files are installed inHYPERION_HOME/Smartview. See Oracle Hyperion Smart View for Office User's Guide for moreinformation.

Files Installed in the Smart View DirectoryThe following table describes the files and folders installed in the /SmartView directory.

Table 71 Smart View Installation Directories

Directory Contents

binl Smart View DLLs

l BIPLusConnector.dll for Oracle Crystal Ball, Fusion Edition

l HSTbar.xla, the Smart View toolbar

l smartview.bas, containing VBA function declarations

l hve.exe, the Visual Explorer executable

cfg The configuration properties file (properties.xml) for Smart View, which contains the URL locationfor the Provider Services that is used by default when Smart View is launched

Docs Smart View documentation

What Happens During Essbase InstallationBy default, EPM System Installer performs the following operations when you install Essbase.

l Installs Essbase Server software files to the HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/EssbaseServer directory.

l If you install an additional instance of Essbase Server on the same computer, it is installedin HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase-n/EssbaseServer.

l Creates the file, setEssbaseEnv.cmd, to store environment variables for Windowsinstallations.

l Creates the file, hyperionenv.doc, to store parameters for UNIX installations.

l Installs the appropriate version of Java Runtime Environment (JRE) to theHYPERION_HOME/common/JRE directory, and sets the JVMMODULELOCATION variable inthe essbase.cfg file.

For a list of files supplied with or required by API to compile programs, see the Oracle EssbaseAPI Reference.

What Happens During Smart View Installation 219

For additional information about what happens when you install and configure multipleinstances of Essbase Server, see “Configuring and Starting an Additional Instance of EssbaseServer” on page 96.

Files Installed in the Essbase Server DirectoryThe following table describes the files and folders installed in the /EssbaseServer directory.

Table 72 Essbase Installation Directories

Directory Contents

api Libraries and header files necessary for using MaxL. You do not have to install or use the API to useMaxL, but the directory is created so that MaxL will work.

app Essbase application files, as they are created.

Essbase sample applications and associated databases.

bin Essbase Server files

java Java software to support the Java-based features of Essbase

locale NLS files necessary for Essbase supported languages.

During the Essbase Server installation, you select a value for the ESSLANG environment variable,which applies to all languages, including English.

localized Localized files

perlmod Files required to add the MaxL Perl Module (essbase.pm), which enables you to embed MaxLstatements in Perl programs. You must install Perl. See the documentation in this directory and theMaxL section of the Oracle Essbase Technical Reference.

Files Installed in the Essbase Client DirectoryWhen you install the Essbase Client, some or all of the directories listed in the following tableare created in the HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/EssbaseClient directory:

During Essbase Client installation, EPM System Installer sets ESSBASEPATH to the clientinstallation location, as a user variable (Windows) or in hyperionenv.doc (UNIX). Previousversions of Essbase used ARBORPATH to refer to the installation location.

The following table describes the files and folders installed in the /EssbaseClient directory.

Table 73 Essbase Client Installation Directories

Directory Contents

api Essbase API files

bin Essbase program files for running Oracle Essbase Spreadsheet Add-in

The installation program adds essexcln.xll to Excel to point Excel to the correct bin directory.


Directory Contents

hve Visual Explorer files.

JavaAPI Help files for Oracle Essbase Visual Explorer

locale Character-set files necessary for Essbase Server supported languages

localized Localized files

perlmod Files required to add the MaxL Perl Module (essbase.pm), which enables you to embed MaxLstatements in Perl programs. You must install Perl. See the documentation in this directory and theMaxL section of the Oracle Essbase Technical Reference.

What Happens During Essbase Studio Installation

By default, the EPM System Installer performs these operations when you install Essbase Studio:

l Installs Essbase Studio files in HYPERION_HOME/products/essbase/EssbaseStudio.

l Installs common components to the HYPERION_HOME/common directory.

l Installs the Essbase Studio service, which you can choose to start when you configure withEPM System Configurator.

Files Installed in the Essbase Studio DirectoryThe following table describes the files and folders installed in the /EssbaseStudio directory.

Table 74 Essbase Studio Installation Directories

Directory Contents

console The Essbase Studio Console executable file, EssbaseStudio.exe.

Also contains these Eclipse-specific subdirectories: configuration, features,plugins, storage, workspace.

console/eas EASLaunch.properties file

Server The Essbase Studio Server startup file, startServer.bat.

Also contains the server.properties file. Some settings are manually configurable afterinstallation and configuration. See the Oracle Essbase Studio User's Guide or Oracle EssbaseStudio Online Help for more information.

Server/database SQL files for creating the Essbase Studio repository

Server/datafiles

The default directory for storing flat files that will serve as data sources for Essbase StudioServer.

Server/ess_japihome

Java API classes

Note: Do not edit the essbase.properties file in server/ess_japihome/bin.

What Happens During Essbase Studio Installation 221

Directory Contents

Server/sqlscripts

SQL scripts that you can use to create a Essbase Studio catalog database. Scripts areincluded for supported RDBMS.

What Happens During Integration Services InstallationIntegration Services files are installed in HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/eis.

When you install Integration Services software, EPM System Installer:

l Creates directories and copies program files, scripts, and Help files to the location youspecify.

l Adds entries to the Windows Registry for Integration Services.

The specific changes made to the computer depend on the operating system, whether you areinstalling server or client software, and which components of Integration Services you chooseto install.

When you install the Integration Services server software on UNIX computers, EPM SystemInstaller performs the these actions:

l Copies program files, scripts, and Help to the created directories on the local drive.

l Copies shared library files to the esslib directory.

l Creates is.csh and is.sh shell script files for updating the UNIX operating environmentand installs them to the directory you created during installation.

l Creates a sample odbc.ini in the ODBC/Merant/5.2 directory for use in configuringrelational data sources for ODBC.

Files Installed in the Integration Services DirectoryThe following table describes the files and folders installed in the /eis directory.

Table 75 Integration Services Installation Directories

Directory Contents

console/bin Integration Services Console software

console/docs

console/locale National language support files

console/localized Localized files

server/batch Empty. Later, the batch directory will store scheduler scripts for batch jobs that youcreate.

server/bin Integration Services software


Directory Contents

server/esscript Empty. Later, the esscript directory will contain ESSCMD scripts you create.

server/lib Files used for the import and export of Integration Services metadata

server/loadinfo Empty. Later, the loadinfo directory will contain directories representing session IDs,which will contain the reject files created during member loads and data loads.

server/locale National language support files

console/localized Localized files

server/log Contains the server log file, which is created when you first run Integration Services

server/ocscript SQL script files to create, drop, and upgrade tables for an OLAP Metadata Catalog ineach of the supported databases. For example, you can use oc_create_db2.sqlto create OLAP Metadata Catalog tables in a DB2 database.

(UNIX only) HYPERION_HOME/common/ODBC/Merant/5.2 orHYPERION_HOME/common/ODBC-64/Merant/5.2

Contains odbc.ini. It also includes the directories and files for the DataDirect ODBCinstallation and the readme file containing the latest DataDirect ODBC information.DataDirect ODBC PDF documentation is located in Merant/5.2/docs.

server/samples Three subdirectories:

l samples/spreadsheets

l samples/tbcdbase

l samples/tbcmodel

server/samples/spreadsheets

Sample Essbase spreadsheets in Excel formats

server/samples/tbcdbase

SQL script files and batch files to create tables and load data for the standard TBCsample application database and the Hybrid Analysis-enabled TBC sample applicationdatabase.

SQL script files and batch files to load data for the standard OLAP model (TBC Model)and metaoutline (TBC Metaoutline) and the Hybrid Analysis-enabled OLAP model (HATBC Model) and metaoutline (HA TBC Metaoutline) in the TBC_MD sample applicationOLAP Metadata Catalog database.

SQL script files to load data for the Unicode OLAP model (Sample_unicode) andmetaoutline (Sample_unicode_meta) in the TBC_MD_U sample application OLAPMetadata Catalog database.

For manual sample application setup, you create tables for TBC_MD and TBC_MD_Uwith SQL script files in the ocscript directory.

server/samples/tbcmodel

XML files to load data for the standard OLAP model (TBC Model) and metaoutline (TBCMetaoutline) and the Hybrid Analysis-enabled OLAP model (HA TBC Model) andmetaoutline (HA TBC Metaoutline) in the TBC_MD sample application OLAP MetadataCatalog database.

(Oracle only) XML files to load data for the Unicode OLAP model (Sample_unicode) andmetaoutline (Sample_unicode_meta) in the TBC_MD_U sample application OLAPMetadata Catalog database.

What Happens During Integration Services Installation 223

Directory Contents

server/temp Temporary files

What Happens During Administration Services InstallationThe default installation directory for Administration Services is HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/eas.

EPM System Installer performs the following operations when you install AdministrationServices:

l On Windows, creates the EAS_HOME environment variable on the system.

l Installs and configures Embedded Java Container during the Administration Servicesinstallation.

l Adds shortcuts to the Start menu.

l Installs and configures Business Rules software and documentation.

Files Installed in the Administration Services DirectoryThe following table describes the files and folders installed in the /eas directory.

Table 76 Administration Services Installation Directories

Directory Contents

bin Startup scripts for the deployed Web application server. However, the recommend procedureis to launch Administration Services from the start menu or from HYPERION_HOME/deployments/AppServer/bin/starteas.bat.

console Administration Services Console executable files, Java class files, Business Rules plug-infiles, and temporary files created by the console installation

console/bin Startup scripts and executables for Administration Services Console

console/lib Java libraries for Administration Services Console

console/temp Temporary directory for Administration Services Console

server Administration Services executable files, default relational database files, Java class files,Business Rules server files, and server locale files

server/AppServer Files required by EPM System Configurator for deployment

server/bin Administration Services Server binaries

server/lib Administration Services Server jar files

server/locale Locale files for Essbase RTC

server/localized Documentation launch files for localized documentation


Directory Contents

storage

Note: If you are using SAP R/3 as a data source, to configure Administration Services to workwith SAP/R3, see Administration Services Online Help for information on how to installand configure SAP/R3.

What Happens During Provider Services InstallationProvider Services files are installed in HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/aps.

EPM System Installer performs the following operations when you install Provider Services:

l Installs EPM System common components to the HYPERION_HOME/common directory.

l By default, installs Embedded Java Container application server.

l On Windows, adds shortcuts to the Start menu.

l Creates an environment variable APS_HOME on Windows, which contains the path of theProvider Services installation.

Files Installed in the Provider Services DirectoryThe following table describes the files and folders installed in the /aps directory.

Table 77 Provider Services Installation Directories

Directory Contents

Appserver Application server files configured by EPM System Configurator

bin Executable program files and server setting files for Provider Services

data A database file that Provider Services uses by default to store user names, server names, and otherdomain information

devtools Java API interface source

docs Help files

external Third-party libraries

lib essconfiguration.jar file used by EPM System Configurator

redist Smart View client installation executable files

samples Sample programs that you can use to test Provider Services software and start developing clientprograms

What Happens During Provider Services Installation 225

What Happens During Smart Search InstallationSmart Search files are installed in HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/SmartSearch.

Files Installed in the Smart Search DirectoryThe following table describes the files and folders installed in the /SmartSearch directory.

Table 78 Smart Search Installation Directories

Directory Contents

AppServer Files required for Java application server deployment for Smart Search

hysl Smart Search configuration files and templates for rendering search results.

lib Jar files needed to run Oracle Hyperion Smart Search, Fusion Edition

What Happens During Reporting and Analysis InstallationReporting and Analysis files are installed in HYPERION_HOME/products/biplus.

Files Installed in the Reporting and Analysis DirectoryThe following table describes the files and folders installed in the /biplus directory.

Table 79 Reporting and Analysis Installation Directories

Directory Contents

_uninst Files to uninstall Reporting and Analysis

appsinfo Web Analysis files

bin Product binaries plus start, stop scripts

common Subdirectories for common items

data Product temp data subdirectories

DDS Design architect and studio product-specific files, such as templates and scripts

docs Help, samples

fonts Font files

install Files laid down and used during installation and configuration

InstallableApps .war and .ear files and .war- and .ear-preparation scripts

lib .jar files


Directory Contents

logs Log files

temp Temporary file storage

What Happens During Planning InstallationPlanning files are installed in HYPERION_HOME/products/Planning.

By default, the EPM System Installer performs these operations:

l Copies Planning software files to the installation directory.

l Copies common components to the HYPERION_HOME directory that you specify.

l Installs the appropriate versions of Java Run-time Environment (JRE).

l Copies file to create a common RMI registry, called HyperionRMIRegistry, for productssuch as Planning and Oracle's Hyperion® Business Rules.

Files Installed in the Planning DirectoryThe following table describes the files and folders installed in the /Planning directory.

Table 80 Planning Installation Directories

Directory Contents

_uninst Uninstallation files for Planning

AppServer Files required for Java application server deployment for Planning

bin Executables, bat files, sh files and cmd files including Planning utilities. Also included areSmartview.exe and Offline.exe.

config Planning properties and ico files

lib/lib64 Jar files needed to run Planning

Offline Files needed to run Offline Planning

What Happens During Financial Management InstallationFinancial Management files are installed in HYPERION_HOME/products/FinancialManagement.

By default, EPM System Installer performs these operations when you install FinancialManagement:

l Copies common components to the HYPERION_HOME directory that you specify

l Installs the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) version

What Happens During Planning Installation 227

l Installs the ADM driver, HsvADMDriver.dll, in HYPERION_HOME/products/FinancialManagement/client

If you do not have Microsoft Data Access Component (MDAC) installed on the applicationserver, EPM System Installer installs it. The MDAC installation process can be time-consumingand requires that you reboot your computer.

Files Installed in the Financial Management DirectoryThe following table describes the files and folders installed in the /FinancialManagementdirectory.

Table 81 Financial Management Installation Directories

Directory Contents

_uninst Uninstallation files for Financial Management

bin Files for facilitating upgrades

Client dlls and executable files for Win32 client and Web tier client

Common dlls shared between the Application tier and Web tier

Consultant Utilities Utilities for viewing error logs

Documentation Help files

HAL70AdapterInstall Files for installing Oracle's Hyperion® Application Link 7.0 Adapter

Install Files to install and configure the Smart View provider

Sample Apps Sample applications and instructions for loading sample files

Server dlls for Application Server tier

Server Working Folder Report style sheets and templates

Web Smart View provider, Web pages, and Web help files

Web Server dlls needed to run the Web server

Web Services Web Service Manager executable

What Happens During Performance Scorecard InstallationPerformance Scorecard files are installed in HYPERION_HOME/products/PerformanceScorecard.


Files Installed in the Performance Scorecard DirectoryThe following table describes the files and folders installed in the /PerformanceScorecarddirectory.

Table 82 Performance Scorecard Installation Directories

Directory Contents

_uninst Files needed to uninstall Performance Scorecard

AppServer Files required for Java application server deployment for Performance Scorecard

bin Scripts to start and stop HPSWebReports and HPSAlerter

db Initialization and upgrade scripts used to create a new Performance Scorecard database or to upgradean existing one, depending on your choice during configuration

tools Files that enable you to use the ETL Import/Export utility to load and extract data

What Happens During Strategic Finance InstallationStrategic Finance files are installed in HYPERION_HOME/products/hsf.

Files Installed in the Strategic Finance DirectoryThe following table describes the files and folders installed in the /hsf directory.

Table 83 Strategic Finance Installation Directories

Directory Contents

bin Batch files to start and stop Strategic Finance

Client Executables and files for running the Strategic Finance Client

HSFData Server entities, access control, maps, batches, server consolidation data and other StrategicFinance server database information.

Server Executables for the Strategic Finance server and administration utility

uninstall Files for uninstalling Strategic Finance

ValidationLibs

WebServer Oracle Hyperion Strategic Finance, Fusion Edition Web services components

What Happens During Strategic Finance Installation 229

What Happens During Profitability and Cost ManagementInstallation

Profitability and Cost Management software components are installed in HYPERION_HOME/products/Profitability.

Files Installed in the Profitability and Cost ManagementDirectoryThe following table describes the files and folders installed in the /Profitability directory.

Table 84 Profitability and Cost Management Installation Directories

Directory Contents

_uninst Files for uninstalling Profitability and Cost Management

AppServer Files required for Java application server deployment for Profitability and Cost Management

bin Batch files for starting and stopping Profitability and Cost Management

database SQL scripts required for creating the production database

lib Files used for configuration user interface

samples Provides sample data files, including a metadata xml file to create a Profitability and Cost Managementapplication in Oracle Hyperion EPM Architect, Fusion Edition and a staging dump file to import modeldata into a Oracle Hyperion Profitability and Cost Management, Fusion Edition application

What Happens During FDM InstallationFDM files are installed in HYPERION_HOME/products/FinancialDataQuality. ERPIntegrator files are also installed in this location.

Files Installed in the FDM DirectoryThe following table describes the files and folders installed in the /FinancialDataQualitydirectory.

Table 85

Directory Contents

_uninst Files to uninstall Oracle Hyperion Financial Data Quality Management, Fusion Edition

ApplicationServer Application Configuration executable and the application server dll file

AppServer Files required for Java application server deployment for Oracle Hyperion Financial DataQuality Management ERP Integration Adapter for Oracle Applications


Directory Contents

bin Scripts to start and stop Hyperion ERPI - Web Application (HyS9aifWeb)

common Files required for registration with Shared Services

database Scripts to create database objects

InstallScripts Script files used during the installation process

lib Files required for configuration with EPM System Configurator

LoadBalanceManager Load Balance Manger Configuration executable and Load Balance Manager dll files

odil \scenarios stores scenarios for use with Oracle Data Integrator

l \topology stores logical schemas related to Oracle Data Integrator

SharedComponents Components shared between the Web client, Workbench, configuration tools,application server, and task manager

TaskManager Configuration executable and Task Manager dll files

WebServerComponents Web Configuration executable, Web Configuration dll file, and Web site setup, dll,and html files

What Happens During Data Relationship ManagementInstallation

For information about the Oracle Hyperion Data Relationship Management, Fusion Editioninstallation, see the Oracle Hyperion Data Relationship Management Installation Guide.

What Happens During Data Relationship Management Installation 231

BOptional Manual Configuration

for Essbase Products

In This Appendix

Manually Configuring the Essbase Server Environment (UNIX) .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Manually Configuring the Essbase Server Environment (Windows) ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Manually Configuring the Essbase Server Environment (UNIX)During installation, EPM System Installer performs these tasks:

l Creates .hyperion.'hostname', which defines the Hyperion home directory.

l Creates hyperionenv.doc, which specifies default parameters for starting Essbase.

l Provides start scripts for the Korn shell.

Each Hyperion home directory has its own hyperionenv.doc file and startEssbase.sh file.

During configuration, EPM System Configurator:

l Updates hyperionenv.doc with values you specify if they differ from the default values.

l Updates essbase.cfg with the port values you specify. For information aboutessbase.cfg, see Oracle Essbase Technical Reference.

l Updates essbase.cfg with the JVMMODULELOCATION setting to designate the installationlocation of JRE. For information about designating a different, specific instance of JRE, see“Changing JvmModuleLocation (UNIX)” on page 236.

EPM System Configurator does not update the .cshrc or .profile environment files.

To start Essbase, Oracle provides a script, startEssbase.sh. The script callshyperionenv.doc, which sets the required parameters, and starts Essbase.

By default, if you do not configure Essbase with EPM System Configurator,hyperionenv.doc is populated with default values so you can use startEssbase.sh to startEssbase in standalone mode (without Shared Services authentication).

The following information is provided if you prefer to configure manually or want to changethe configuration later, or want to update the script for a different shell. (Oracle provides scriptsfor the Korn shell.)

Note: After installing and updating the environment, you must log off the server and log onagain for the changes to take effect.

Manually Configuring the Essbase Server Environment (UNIX) 233

Note: If you installed an additional instance of Essbase, it is installed in HYPERION_HOME/products/essbase-n. This instance has its own copy of hyperionenv.doc,essbase.cfg, and startEssbase.sh.

Specifying Parameters in hyperionenv.docThe hyperionenv.doc file is written in Korn shell. If you are using another shell, be sure touse syntax appropriate for it.

The following tables describes the variables in hyperionenv.doc:

Parameter Description Default Value

ARBORPATH Location of applications and data HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/EssbaseServer/app

PATH To more quickly access EssbaseServer components, add$ESSBASEPATH/bin to thePATH.

$ESSBASEPATH/bin

HYPERION_HOME Installation location for all EPMSystem products

LD_LIBRARY_PATH System library path. Update thelibrary path variable appropriate forthe operating system you are using.

l HP-UX — SHLIB_PATH

l IBM AIX — LIBPATH

l Linux — LD_LIBRARY_PATH

l Solaris — LD_LIBRARY_PATH

HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/EssbaseServer/

ESSBASEPATH Installation location of Essbase client HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/EssbaseServer

ESSLANG Locale definition English_UnitedStates.Latin1@Binary

ODBCINI Location of odbc.ini HYPERION_HOME/common/ODBC/Merant/5.2/odbc.ini

LD_PRELOAD (HPUX RISC only) You must set the environmentvariable LD_PRELOAD on HPUXRISC.

Caution! Failure to set LD_PRELOAD on HPUX RISC platformsmight result in Essbase terminatingabnormally. Setting LD_PRELOAD inUNIX environment scripts (suchas .profile) is not recommended,as unexpected consequences mightoccur.

export LD_PRELOAD=HYPERION_HOME/common/JRE/1.5.0/lib/PA_RISC2.0/server/libjvm.sl

234 Optional Manual Configuration for Essbase Products

Changing ESS_JVM_OPTION and ESS_CSS_JVM_OPTIONThe environment variables ESS_JVM_OPTION# (0 through 9) and ESS_CSS_JVM_OPTION# (0through 9) are available to address any platform and JRE version-specific options required byJVM.

If required for your environment, these settings are written to the hyperionenv.doc file duringinstallation.

If you are running JRE 1.5.0 on Solaris, the ESS_JVM_OPTION and ESS_CSS_JVM_OPTIONenvironment variables are required:

l ESS_JVM_OPTION1—If using JVM for custom-defined functions, custom-defined macros,data mining, triggers, or external authentication supplied by Oracle.

l ESS_CSS_JVM_OPTION1—If using the security platform supplied by Oracle.

You must set these environment variables to use -Xusealtsigs, which is a special Javaargument. -Xusealtsigs is the only setting required for this release.

ä To set ESS_JVM_OPTION1 and ESS_CSS_JVM_OPTION1:

1 Add the environment setting in the appropriate file and format for your system.

The following table provides examples of environment settings.

Shell Environment File Variable and String

C .cshrc ESS_JVM_OPTION1:

setenv ESS_JVM_OPTION1 "-Xusealtsigs"

ESS_CSS_JVM_OPTION1:

setenv ESS_CSS_JVM_OPTION1 "-Xusealtsigs"

Bourne or Korn Shell .profile ESS_JVM_OPTION1:

ESS_JVM_OPTION1=-Xusealtsigs; export ESS_JVM_OPTION1;

ESS_CSS_JVM_OPTION1:

ESS_JVM_CSS_OPTION1=-Xusealtsigs; export ESS_CSS_JVM_OPTION1;

Changing the Location of Shared Services Log Files (Optional)Use this information if you want to change the location of Shared Services configuration logfiles. The default location of Shared Services configuration log files depends on the applicationserver on which Shared Services is deployed.


To change the location where log files are written, use the ESS_CSS_JVM_OPTION# environmentvariable. Be sure to use a # that does not conflict with other ESS_CSS_JVM_OPTION variablesused in your environment.

ä To set ESS_CSS_JVM_OPTION2:

1 (UNIX) Add the environment variable in the appropriate file and format for your system.

The following table provides examples of environment settings.

Shell Environment File Variable and String

C .cshrc setenv ESS_CSS_JVM_OPTION2 "-Djava.io.tmpdir=location”

Bourne or Korn Shell .profile ESS_CSS_JVM_OPTION2=”-Djava.io.tmpdir=location”export ESS_CSS_JVM_OPTION2;

where location is the full pathname. For example: /vol1/server/csslog.

OR

2 (Windows) At a command prompt, type:

set ESS_CSS_JVM_OPTION2= -Djava.io.tmpdir=location

For example:

set ESS_CSS_JVM_OPTION2= -Djava.io.tmpdir=c:/csslog

Changing JvmModuleLocation (UNIX)The JVMMODULELOCATION setting in the essbase.cfg file enables you to designate a specificinstallation of JRE for use with Essbase, and is required to enable Data Mining, Shared Services,custom defined functions, triggers, and external authentication.

This setting is particularly useful if you have multiple versions of Java installed on the EssbaseServer computer.

During Essbase Server configuration, the correct setting for JVMMODULELOCATION isautomatically added to essbase.cfg.

To change the JVMMODULELOCATION parameters, you must specify the full path and file nameof the Java Virtual Machine (JVM) library. The location and name of the library varies, dependingon the JRE version and the operating system that you are using, as shown in the following table.

Note: To run 64–bit Essbase on any 64–bit operating system requires a 64–bit JVM.


The following table provides the location and name of the JVM library file for different operatingsystems.

Platform (JRE version) Location and Name of JVM Library File

Solaris 32–bit (JRE 1.5.0) $HYPERION_HOME/common/JRE/Sun/1.5.0/lib/sparc/server/libjvm.so

Solaris 64–bit (JRE 1.5.0_05) $HYPERION_HOME/common/JRE-64/Sun/1.5.0/lib/sparcv9/server/libjvm.so

Linux (JRE 1.5.0_05) $HYPERION_HOME/common/JRE/Sun/1.5.0/lib/i386/server/libjvm.so

Linux (JRE-64 1.5.0) $HYPERION_HOME/common/JRE-64/Sun/1.5.0/lib/i386/server/libjvm.so

IBM AIX 32–bit (JRE 1.5.0) $HYPERION_HOME/common/JRE/IBM/1.5.0/bin/classic/libjvm.so

IBM AIX 64–bit (JRE 1.5.0) $HYPERION_HOME/common/JRE-64/IBM/1.5.0/bin/classic/libjvm.so

HP-UX 32-bit (JRE 1.5.1_01) $HYPERION_HOME/common/JRE/HP/1.5.0/lib/PA_RISC2.0/server/libjvm.sl

HP-UX 64-bit (JRE 1.5.1_01) $HYPERION_HOME/common/JRE-IA64/HP/1.5.0/lib/IA64W/server/libjvm.so

Managing Memory with JvmModuleLocationIf you are not using Data Mining, Shared Services, custom defined functions, triggers, or externalauthentication, you can reduce the amount of memory used by editing essbase.cfg and settingJvmModuleLocation to null (empty).

If you are using these features, and need to reduce the amount of memory used, then you canreduce the JVM heap size by setting the following environment variables:

ESS_JVM_OPTION3=-Xms16m

ESS_JVM_OPTION4=-Xmx16m

Because the default minimum and maximum for JVM heap size are different for differentplatforms and versions, set the correct value for your environment. For example, see thefollowing as a reference: http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/wasinfo/v4r0/index.jsp?topic=/com.ibm.support.was.doc/html/Java_SDK/1132680.html.


http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/wasinfo/v4r0/index.jsp?topic=/com.ibm.support.was.doc/html/Java_SDK/1132680.html

http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/wasinfo/v4r0/index.jsp?topic=/com.ibm.support.was.doc/html/Java_SDK/1132680.html

Optional Manual Configuration for Integration Services(UNIX)EPM System Configurator provides configuration scripts — is.csh and is.sh, for updatingenvironment variables. If necessary, update the scripts for your shell. Both shell scripts set thefollowing environment variables:

The following table describes the environment variables for Integration Services on UNIX.

Table 86 Environment Variables Required for Integration Services on UNIX

Name Purpose and Default Setting

ISHOME Specifies the directory where the Integration Services software is installed.

HYPERION_HOME Specifies the directory where the common Hyperion components are installed.

$HOME/Hyperion

ARBORPATH Specifies the location of Essbase applications.

$ISHOME

ESSBASEPATH Location of Essbase client

ISLOADINFO Specifies a directory location for the reject files created during a member load or dataload.

$ISHOME/loadinfo

ISODBC %HYPERION_HOME%/common/Merant/ODBC/5.2

ODBCINI Optional. Specifies the location and name of the file containing the DSN configurationfor ODBC.

$HYPERION_HOME/common/ODBC/Merant/5.2/odbc.ini

TEMP Specifies a directory for temporary files.

/tmp

JAVA_HOME Specifies the JRE location. For example, for 64–bit AIX, the location is $HYPERION_HOME/common/JRE-64/IBM/1.5.0.

Library path (Platform):

l LIBPATH (AIX)

l SHLIB_PATH (HP-UX)

l LD_LIBRARY_PATH(Solaris)

l LD_LIBRARY_PATH(Linux)

Specifies the list of directories to search for software libraries.

The default setting is the current library path list, with the following entries added to theend of the list:

$ISHOME/bin;

$ISHOME/esslib

$HYPERION_HOME/ODBC/Merant/5.2/lib;

CLASSPATH $HYPERION_HOME/common/CSS/9.5.0.0/lib/css-9_5_0.jar

PATH Specifies the list of directories to search for software programs and libraries.

The default setting is the current PATH list, with the following entry added to the end ofthe list:


Name Purpose and Default Setting

$ISHOME/bin:

Update the UNIX environment by adding is.csh or is.sh to the login script of the user whoruns the Integration Services software.

ä To include the is.csh or is.sh script in your login scripts:

1 In a text editor, open the login script file for the user (typically, hyperion) who runs Integration Services.

2 Add a new line to the file.

l If you use Korn shell, type:

. /full_path_to_directory/is.sh

l If you use C shell, type:

source /full_path_to_directory/is.csh

Optional Manual Configuration for Administration Services(UNIX)To start Administration Services, Oracle provides a script, starteas.sh. The script callssetCustomParamseas.sh, which sets the required parameters and starts AdministrationServices.

If you are using Oracle Application Server on UNIX, setCustomParamseas.sh is not provided.You must specify the environment variables in the Oracle Application Server Application ServerConsole, by setting the Server properties for the OC4J instance.

The following table describes the environment variables for Administration Services on UNIX.

Table 87 Environment Variables Required for Administration Services on UNIX

Parameter Name Default Value

EASHOME HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/eas

ARBORPATH HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/eas/server

ESSBASEPATH HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/eas/server

PATH HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/eas/server/bin:$PATH

In addition, specify the ESSLANG value if it is not already set on the machine.

Optional Manual Configuration for Provider Services (UNIX)To start Provider Services, Oracle provides a script, startaps.sh. The script callssetCustomParamsaps.sh, which sets the required parameters and starts Provider Services.


If you are using Oracle Application Server on UNIX, setCustomParamsaps.sh is not provided.You must specify the environment variables in the Oracle Application Server Application ServerConsole, by setting the Server properties for the OC4J instance.

The following table describes the environment variables for Provider Services on UNIX.

Table 88 Environment Variables Required for Provider Services on UNIX

Parameter Name Default Value

ESS_ES_HOME HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/aps

PATH %ESS_ES_HOME%/bin;%ARBORPATH%/bin;%PATH%

Manually Configuring the Essbase Server Environment(Windows)

During Essbase Client installation, EPM System Installer:

l Sets ESSBASEPATH to the Essbase client installation location as a user variable (Windows)and adds it to the PATH.

Note that this is a new variable. Previous versions of Essbase used ARBORPATH to refer to theinstallation location. ARBORPATH now refers to the application location.

l Sets ARBORPATH as a user variable (Windows).

During Essbase Server installation, EPM System Installer does not set environment variables.Instead, batch files are provided to start Essbase (startEssbase.cmd), ESSCMD(startEsscmd.cmd), and essmsh (startMaxl.cmd). All the scripts callsetEssbaseEnv.cmd to set up ESSBASEPATH, ARBORPATH, and PATH before starting. If you'veinstalled multiple instances of Essbase Server, each instance has its own startup script.

During Essbase Server configuration, EPM System Configurator:

l Specifies the environment variables ESSLANG and ARBORPATH in a file used to launchEssbase.

l Updates essbase.cfg with the port values that you specified. For information aboutessbase.cfg, see Oracle Essbase Technical Reference.

l Updates essbase.cfg with the JVMMODULELOCATION setting to designate the installationlocation of JRE. For information about designating a different, specific instance of JRE, see“Setting JVMMODULELOCATION (Windows)” on page 241.

The following information is provided in the event that you prefer to configure manually orwant to change the configuration later.

Updating the Environment Manually for Essbase ServerEssbase Server relies on variables set in setEssbaseEnv.cmd. To run Essbase Server, usestartEssbase.cmd, which calls setEssbaseEnv.cmd.


Ensure that the following environment variables are set appropriately:

l ESSBASEPATH

l ARBORPATH

l ESSLANG

l PATH

Setting JVMMODULELOCATION (Windows)The JVMMODULELOCATION setting in the essbase.cfg file enables you to designate a specificinstallation of JRE for use with Essbase, and is required to enable Data Mining, Shared Services,custom defined functions, triggers, and external authentication.

This setting is particularly useful if you have multiple versions of Java installed on the EssbaseServer computer.

During Essbase Server configuration, the correct setting for JVMMODULELOCATION isautomatically added to essbase.cfg.

To change JVMMODULELOCATION parameters, you must specify the full path and file name ofthe Java Virtual Machine (JVM) library. The location and name of the library varies, dependingon the JRE version and the operating system that you are using.

Note: To run 64–bit Essbase on any 64–bit operating system requires a 64–bit JVM.

The following table shows where the JRE and jvm.dll files are installed:

Platform (JRE version) JRE and JVM.DLL Locations

32-bit Windows:

JRE

JVM.DLL

HYPERION_HOME/common/jre/sun/1.5.0

HYPERION_HOME/common/jre/sun/1.5.0/bin/server/jvm.dll

64-bit Windows (Itanium):

JRE

JVM.DLL

HYPERION_HOME/common/JRE-IA64/Sun/1.4.2

HYPERION_HOME/common/JRE-IA64/Sun/1.4.2/bin/server/jvm.dll

64-bit Windows on AMD Opteronand Intel Xeon:

JRE

JVM.DLL

HYPERION_HOME/common/JRE-AMD64/Sun/1.5.0

HYPERION_HOME/common/JRE-AMD64/Sun/1.5.0bin/server/jvm.dll

Manually Configuring the Essbase Server Environment (Windows) 241

Configuring the 32-bit Runtime Client on a 64-bit WindowsPlatformIf you want to use 32–bit and 64–bit client applications on the same machine, and you don'twant to have to recompile applications, use the following procedure.

ä To install and use the 32-bit Runtime Client on a 64-bit Microsoft Windows machine:

1 Record the value of the HYPERION_HOME system environment variable.

2 From a command prompt or from a shell window on which the HYPERION_HOME value does not conflictwith existing Essbase 64-bit client or server installations, install the 32-bit client.

3 After the 32-bit client installation is completed, restore the system environment variableHYPERION_HOME to the value noted in Step 1.

4 On the 64-bit machine, run the precompiled 32-bit client program from a command prompt or from a shellwindow on which ARBORPATH and ESSBASEPATH are set to the installation directory of the 32-bit RuntimeClient and PATH is set to include the bin subdirectory under the ARBORPATH directory.

For information on Application Programming Interface and Runtime Client, see the OracleEssbase API Reference.

Optional Manual Configuration for Integration Services(Windows)During installation, EPM System Installer specifies environment variables for IntegrationServices in the start scripts used to start Oracle Essbase Integration Services —HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/eis/server/bin/startup.bat (for the server)and HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/eis/console/bin/startclient.bat (for theconsole).

The startup scripts set the following environment variables:

l ARBORPATH

l ISHOME

l ESSBASEPATH

Optional Manual Configuration for Administration Services(Windows)Oracle Essbase Administration Services requires the following environment variables:

l ESSLANG

l ESSBASEPATH

l EAS_HOME


The console finds files through admincon.lax and the server usessetCustomParamseas.bat to set variables. EPM System Installer installs admincon.lax andEPM System Configurator creates setCustomParamseas.bat when the you deploy to the Webapplication server.

Optional Manual Configuration for Essbase Studio (Windows)During installation, Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System Installer,Fusion Edition specifies environment variables for Essbase Studio in the start file used to launchEssbase Studio — HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/EssbaseStudio/Server/startServer.bat.

For additional customization, see “Configuring the Server Properties File” and “Configuringthe Administration Services Console Launch File” in the Oracle Essbase Studio User's Guide.

Optional Manual Configuration for Provider Services(Windows) Ensure that the following variables are set appropriately:

l APS_HOME — APS_HOME is set as an environment variable after installation andconfiguration.

l ESS_ES_HOME — Set ESS_ES_HOME in HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/aps/bin/startcmd.cmd to point to APS_HOME. ESS_ES_HOME is required to launch the command-line administration utility for Provider Services.

l JAVA_HOME — Set JAVA_HOME in HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/aps/bin/startcmd.cmd. JAVA_HOME is required to run Java API samples.

l ESSLANG — Ensure that the ESSLANG value is correct for your locale in HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/aps/bin/essbase.properties. By default, ESSLANG is set to USEnglish.

You can perform additional configuration by editing HYPERION_HOME/products/Essbase/aps/bin/essbase.properties. See the Oracle Hyperion Provider Services AdministrationGuide.

Manually Configuring the Essbase Server Environment (Windows) 243

CEssbase 32-Bit and 64-Bit

Compatibility

In This Appendix

Essbase 32-Bit and 64-Bit Client and Server Compatibility .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Essbase API Compatibility on 32-Bit and 64-Bit Platforms... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Essbase 32-Bit and 64-Bit Client and Server CompatibilityThe following table summarizes the compatibility of 32-bit and 64-bit clients and servers withEssbase Server:

Client Server Essbase Server: Platform to WhichClient Can Connect

32-bit Essbase AdministrationServices Console

32-bit Administration Server 32-bit, 64-bit


64-bit Administration Server 32-bit, 64-bit


64-bit Administration Server 64-bit

32-bit Essbase Studio Console 32-bit Essbase Studio Server 32-bit, 64-bit

32-bit Essbase Studio Console 64-bit Essbase Studio Server 32-bit, 64-bit

64-bit Essbase Studio Console 64-bit Oracle Essbase Studio Server 64-bit

32-bit Essbase Integration ServicesConsole

32-bit Essbase Integration Server 32-bit , 64-bit

32-bit Essbase Integration ServicesConsole

64-bit Essbase Integration Server 32-bit , 64-bit

32-bit Smart View 32-bit Provider Services 32-bit, 64-bit

32-bit Oracle Hyperion Smart View forOffice, Fusion Edition

64-bit Provider Services 64-bit


32-bit Provider Services 32-bit, 64-bit



Essbase 32-Bit and 64-Bit Client and Server Compatibility 245

Client Server Essbase Server: Platform to WhichClient Can Connect

32-bit Java API or XMLA clientapplication

32-bit Provider Services 32-bit, 64-bit

64-bit Java API or XMLA clientapplication


Essbase API Compatibility on 32-Bit and 64-Bit PlatformsEssbase provides APIs for 32-bit and 64-bit platforms, which you can use to write and compileclient programs that interface with Essbase Server.

l Client programs developed for 32-bit platforms using the Essbase C API or Visual Basic APIcan run on 32-bit platforms and connect to either 32-bit or 64-bit Essbase Server.

l Precompiled client programs developed using the 32-bit Essbase Visual Basic API can runon 64-bit Windows platforms connecting to 64-bit Essbase Server, as long as the 32-bitruntime environment is set up as according to the documented instructions.

l Client programs developed for 64-bit platforms using the Essbase C API:

m Can run on 64-bit platforms and connect to 32-bit or 64-bit Essbase Servers

m Cannot run on 32-bit platforms

Caution! Client programs developed for 64-bit platforms do not require the #pragmadirective to set the byte alignment.

l You cannot develop a client program for 64-bit Windows using the Essbase Visual BasicAPI.

The following table summarizes the compatibility of client programs developed with EssbaseAPIs:

Client Development: Platform withAPI Version

Platform on which Client Can Run Essbase Server: Platforms to WhichClient Can Connect

32-bit C API / Runtime Client 32-bit 32-bit, 64-bit

32-bit VB API / Runtime Client 32-bit Windows 32-bit, 64-bit

64-bit Windows 64-bit

32-bit Java (API or XMLA clientapplication)

32-bit Provider Services server 32-bit, 64-bit

32-bit embedded Java (API clientapplication)

32-bit, 64-bit

64-bit C API / Runtime Client 64-bit 32-bit, 64-bit

246 Essbase 32-Bit and 64-Bit Compatibility

Client Development: Platform withAPI Version

Platform on which Client Can Run Essbase Server: Platforms to WhichClient Can Connect

64-bit Java (API or XMLA clientapplication)

64-bit Oracle Hyperion ProviderServices server

64-bit

64-bit embedded Java (API clientapplication)

64-bit

For information on the compatibility of 32-bit and 64-bit EPM System clients and servers withEssbase Server, see “Essbase 32-Bit and 64-Bit Client and Server Compatibility” on page 245.

Essbase API Compatibility on 32-Bit and 64-Bit Platforms 247

248 Essbase 32-Bit and 64-Bit Compatibility

DJDBC URL Attributes

During configuration, on the Configure Database page, click Advanced to specify additionalJDBC parameters, which are used by Hyperion JDBC drivers to connect to the database.

The following table describes the format to use to enter the parameters:

Database Format

OracleDatabase

jdbc:hyperion:oracle://host:port;property1=value1;property2=value2;...propertyN=valueN

SQL Server jdbc:hyperion:sqlserver://host:port;property1=value1;property2=value2;...propertyN=valueN

DB2 jdbc:hyperion:db2://host:port;property1=value1;property2=value2;...propertyN=valueN

Use the following information about the parameters. For additional information about theparameters, see DataDirect Connect® for JDBC Help in HYPERION_HOME/common/JDBC/DataDirect/3.7/help/help.htm.

The following table describes additional information about the parameters:

Property Oracle Database SQL Server DB2

SERVICENAME* Yes

SID† Yes

LOADLIBRARYPATH Yes Yes Yes

MAXPOOLEDSTATEMENTS Yes Yes Yes

ALTERNATESERVERS Yes Yes Yes

CONNECTIONRETRYCOUNT Yes Yes Yes

CONNECTIONRETRYDELAY Yes Yes Yes

LOADBALANCING Yes Yes Yes

DYNAMICSECTIONS Yes

CREATEDEFAULTPACKAGE Yes

REPLACEPACKAGE Yes

249

Property Oracle Database SQL Server DB2

DATABASENAME‡ Yes Yes

*You must provide either SERVICENAME or SID for Oracle Database.†You must provide either SERVICENAME or SID for Oracle Database.‡Required for DB2 and SQL Server

To provide client-side failover and load-balancing for Oracle RAC, use the following attributes:

l AlternateServers

l ConnectionRetryCount

l LoadBalancing

For example, to configure Oracle RAC, enter the URL in the form of:jdbc:hyperion:oracle://hssrac-1-vip:

1521;ServiceName=hssrac;AlternateServers=hssrac-2-vip:1521.

250 JDBC URL Attributes

EDatabase Information for

Financial Management

In This Appendix

Database Connection Pooling ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Encrypting UDL Files .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Database Connection PoolingDuring Financial Management configuration, you specify the maximum number of relationaldatabase connections used by each application. Financial Management uses connection poolingto communicate with the database. Connection pooling enables more efficient databaseutilization and does not require that each user be set up in the relational repository.

During configuration, EPM System Configurator enables you to specify the number of pooleddatabase connections. The number of connections that you specify in the configuration utilityis the maximum number of pooled connections consumed by an application. The pool startswith eight connections. If, after a certain number of attempts, the pool is unable to service arequest for an additional connection, it adds eight more connections. The system continuesadding blocks of eight connections until it reaches the maximum number of connections definedin the utility. If the system needs an additional connection beyond this limit, a temporaryconnection is created to service the request, which is closed after the task is complete.

The system also creates additional connection pools that are reserved for system use and are notused for user activity. The system-use pools are divided into these connection types:

l A pool of nine connections per application is reserved for system activity.

l A pool of eight connections per application is reserved for error handling.

l A pool of eight connections per application server is created for user logon activities. Theuser logon pool can grow by four to the system-defined maximum value of 16 connections.Connections required above the maximum are temporary.

In general, 25 connections are dedicated to system-level activities: eight connections reservedfor each application server, and 17 connections reserved for each application.

Connection use is dependent on the activity type. Users with Read access, which are the majorityof users in an application, generally use one or no connections. Users with Write access canconsume more connections, as they write to the database. The number of connections consumedby a user with Write access, for example, a consolidator, depends on the application serverhardware and quantity of data being written. In general, users with Write access may use 5 – 10connections.

Database Connection Pooling 251

Financial Management opens the defined number of connections when an application is firstopened. The connections are then available for subsequent users of the system. If a user processrequests a connection, and all connections are in use, the system polls the connection pool fora short time, waiting for an available connection. If no connection is available, the system createseight connections and adds them to the pool. The connection pool is limited to the total thatyou define in the configuration utility.

Connections are application-specific. The default pool is created only after an application isopened. However, connections are not released on an application basis; they are released on anapplication server basis. Thus, all connections are not released until the application server hasno Financial Management users accessing any application.

Financial Management also supports Extended Analytics, which enables extracting data to arelational database for use with other systems, such as Analytic Services. The extract process hasa dedicated connection pool that is created when a star schema is created. The default pool is 16temporary connections that are destroyed when the processing is complete.

Example 1Three applications on one application server, default maximum connection pooling is used (40connections)

l Application A is logged on: 8 connections (plus system)

l Application B is logged on: 8 connections (plus system)

l Application C is logged on: 8 connections (plus system)

l System connections: 59 (8 plus 17 per application)

l Total connections: 83

Note: Total connections could grow by 96 if all application connection pools expand to thesystem maximum as defined in the configuration utility (default is 40).

l Application B is logged off (no users)


l All users log off all applications


Example 2One application on two application servers, default maximum connection pooling is used (40connections)

l Application A is logged on (server 1): 8 connections (plus system)

l Application A is logged on (server 2): 8 connections (plus system)

l System connections: 50 (8 plus 17 per application per application server)


252 Database Information for Financial Management

l Application A (server 2) is logged off (no users)


l All users log off all applications


At times, connectivity between the application server and the database server might be lostbecause of network issues, for example. If the system detects that a connection is no longer valid,it attempts to re-create the connection.

Deleting applications also consumes the default number of pooled connections. Before deletingan application, Financial Management opens the application to verify security access, consumingthe default number of connections. After security is validated, the system deletes the application.

Encrypting UDL FilesDuring Financial Management configuration, EPM System Configurator creates anunencrypted UDL file by default. In the Advanced Database Options page, you can choosewhether to encrypt the file.

Financial Management provides a utility to encrypt the UDL file used by the application serverto communicate with the database if you chose not to encrypt it during configuration. Based onthe UDL file extension, Financial Management detects whether the file is encrypted. If the fileextension is .UDL, the system assumes that the file is not encrypted. If the file extensionis .HFMUDL, the system assumes that the file is encrypted.

To encrypt the UDL file, you can use the EncryptHFMUDL utility in theFinancialManagement/Server directory. The usage is EncryptHFMUDL MyUDL.UDLMyUDL.HFMUDL.

Note: You can encrypt the UDL file during configuration with EPM System Configurator. See“Advanced Options for Database Configuration (Optional)” on page 77.

ä To encrypt the UDL file, at an MS-DOS command prompt, type EncryptHFMUDLMyUDL.UDL MyUDL.HFMUDL, where MyUDL.UDL is the location and name of your originalUDL file, and MyUDL.HFMUDL is the location for the encrypted UDL file.

Note: The encrypted UDL file extension must be .HFMUDL. After encrypting the file, you candelete the original unencrypted file.

ä To unencrypt a UDL file, at an MS-DOS command prompt, enter EncryptHFMUDLMyUDL.HFMUDL MyUDL.UDL /u, where MyUDL.HFMUDL is the location for the encryptedUDL file and MyUDL.UDL is the location and name for the unencrypted UDL file.

Encrypting UDL Files 253

254 Database Information for Financial Management

FUpdating the Shared Services

Registry

In This Appendix

Understanding the Shared Services Registry Component Hierarchy ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Making Corrections to the Shared Services Registry.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Updating the Host and Port for Financial Management Logical Web Applications ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Use this appendix only if you are working in an environment with multiple releases, used theinformation in “Working in an Environment with Multiple Releases” on page 188 to update theShared Services Registry, and realize that you made a mistake when you updated the SharedServices Registry.

This appendix also includes information about updating component properties for a FinancialManagement logical Web application.

You use the epmsys_registry utility (epmsys_registry.sh on UNIX) to make any requiredchanges to the Shared Services Registry.

Understanding the Shared Services Registry ComponentHierarchy

To make corrections to the Shared Services Registry, you have to understand its structure. Duringconfiguration of 11.1.1.x products, EPM System Configurator automatically updates the SharedServices Registry with components for each product. For 9.3.x products, you create thesecomponents and specify component properties manually by editing the Shared Services Registry.If you made a mistake while updating the Shared Services Registry for 9.3.x components, youcan either delete the component, or update a component property.

The following illustration shows a subset of the structure of the Shared Services Registryhierarchy. It shows information only for the 9.3.x products for which you updated the registry.These are the component type names you need to know to edit the Shared Services Registry.

Understanding the Shared Services Registry Component Hierarchy 255

For Financial Management, the Shared Services Registry stores the list of clusters and servers,but not the relationship between the clusters and servers.

Each component in a hierarchy has its own component properties. To make corrections to theShared Services Registry, you also have to know the component property names. When youedited the templates, you entered values for each component property. For example, theESSBASE_PRODUCT component includes the following component properties:

l host

256 Updating the Shared Services Registry

l agent_PortNumber

To find the component properties for any component, you can look at the product's template.The name and location of each template is described in “Working in an Environment withMultiple Releases” on page 188. Or, you can use a command to view the component in the SharedServices Registry. See “Viewing the Components in the Shared Services Registry” on page 257.

Making Corrections to the Shared Services Registry

ä To make corrections to the Shared Services Registry:

1 Back up the Shared Services Registry.

2 On a machine hosting the 11.1.x Oracle Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management System software, goto HYPERION_HOME/common/config/9.5.0.0 and run the following command:


You need to view the component hierarchy to get information required to delete a componentor update a component property.

For information see “Viewing the Components in the Shared Services Registry” on page 257.

3 Depending on the required corrections, delete a component or update a component property.

For example, you might need to delete a component if you inadvertently updated the SharedServices Registry with an incorrect product.

For information see “Deleting a Component Instance” on page 258.

Or, you might need to update a component property if you inadvertently updated the SharedServices Registry with an incorrect port number.

For information see “Updating a Component Property” on page 258.

4 If you've made changes for Oracle Hyperion Planning, Fusion Edition, Oracle Hyperion Performance Scorecard,Fusion Edition, or Financial Management, run Oracle's Hyperion Enterprise Performance Management SystemConfigurator and configure EPM Workspace Web Server again. (On the Task Selection page, select the EPMWorkspace Web Server Configuration task.) Then, restart the EPM Workspace Web Application.

5 Restart Oracle's Hyperion® Shared Services.

Viewing the Components in the Shared Services RegistryBefore you can delete a component or update a component property, you need to view thecomponent hierarchy.

ä To view the component hierarchy, go to HYPERION_HOME/common/config/9.5.0.0 anduse the following command:


Making Corrections to the Shared Services Registry 257

where componentType is the name of the component in the Shared Services Registry. See“Understanding the Shared Services Registry Component Hierarchy” on page 255 for details oncomponent type names.

This command displays all the components in the specified hierarchy, displaying only theimmediate children of the component. The information is displayed in the console.

For example, to view all the components in the ESSBASE_PRODUCT hierarchy, run:

epmsys_registry view SYSTEM9/ESSBASE_PRODUCT

For example, to view the Web application for Essbase Server, enter the following command:

epmsys_registry view SYSTEM9/ESSBASE_PRODUCT/ESSBASE_SERVER

From the display, note the following information about components you want to delete orupdate:

l Component ID for any components you want to delete or update

l Component property names and values for any components you want to update

Deleting a Component InstanceYou delete a component instance by referring to the component's ID that is displayed when youview the component hierarchy.

ä To delete a component from the component hierarchy, go to HYPERION_HOME/common/config/9.5.0.0 and run the following command:

epmsys_registry deletecomponent #componentID

where componentID is the component's ID that you found when you viewed the componenthierarchy.

On UNIX, run:

epmsys_registry.sh deletecomponent \#componentID

Deleting a node does not delete its children.

Tip: If you are deleting a product node, first delete all the children of the node and then deletethe product node.

Caution! Make sure to delete the correct component.

Updating a Component PropertyYou update a component property by referring to the component ID and the componentproperty name that are displayed when you view the component hierarchy.


ä To update a component property, go to HYPERION_HOME/common/config/9.5.0.0 andrun the following command:

epmsys_registry updateproperty #componentID/@componentProperty value

where componentID is the component's ID you found when you viewed the componenthierarchy, componentProperty is the component property name you want to update, andvalue is the new value for the component property.

On UNIX, run:

epmsys_registry.sh updateproperty \#componentID/@componentProperty value

Component property names are case sensitive.

Tip: Look for the component property names in the section called “Properties” when you viewthe component hierarchy. In addition, you can update the host a component is running onusing the property name “host.”

For example, to change the port number for the Oracle Essbase Server with the component ID99999 to port number 1425, enter the following command:

epmsys_registry updateproperty #99999/@agent_PortNumber 1425

Updating the Host and Port for Financial Management LogicalWeb Applications

You can edit the Oracle's Hyperion Shared Services Registry to update the host or port for aOracle Hyperion Financial Management, Fusion Edition logical Web application.

ä To update the host or port for a Financial Management logical web application:

1 Use the following command to get the component ID for the logical web application:

epmsys_registry view SYSTEM9/FINANCIAL_MANAGEMENT_PRODUCT/LOGICAL_WEB_APP

2 Use the following command to update the host or port component property:

epmsys_registry updateproperty #componentID/@componentProperty value

where the componentID is the ID you found in step 1 and where componentProperty ishost, port, or SSL_Port .

Updating the Host and Port for Financial Management Logical Web Applications 259

GEnabling an X Virtual Frame

Buffer for Financial Reportingand Web Analysis

In This Appendix

Enabling Xvfb for AIX 5L ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Enabling Xvfb for Solaris 9 ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Enabling Xvfb for Solaris 10 ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Enabling Xvfb for Oracle Enterprise Linux/Red Hat Enterprise Linux ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Enabling Xvfb for HP-UX ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Setting the DISPLAY Variable ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Enabling Xvfb for AIX 5L

ä To enable Xvfb:

1 Log on to the computer that will run the Reporting and Analysis Web application server components as theroot user.

2 Determine whether Virtual Frame Buffer support is available on your computer by issuing the followingcommand:

lslpp -l X11.vfb

3 If X11.vfb is not installed, install it from your AIX installation media. After installing the package, apply thelatest PTF from:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com

4 Start Xvfb:

/usr/bin/X11/X -force -vfb :1

where :1 is the a display number not already in use.

Enabling Xvfb for Solaris 9

ä To enable Xvfb:


2 Obtain and compile the X11R6 source distribution from:

Enabling Xvfb for AIX 5L 261

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com

ftp://x.org/, or obtain and install the binary distribution from ftp://www.ferret.noaa.gov/special_request/xvfb/solaris

3 Start Xvfb:

/usr/X11R6/bin/Xvfb :1 -screen 0 1152x900x8 &


Enabling Xvfb for Solaris 10

ä To enable Xvfb:

1 Log on to the computer that will run theReporting and Analysis Web application server components as theroot user.


pkgchk -l SUNWxwsrv

3 If SUNWxwsrv is not installed, install it from the Solaris installation media.

4 Start Xvfb:

/usr/openwin/bin/Xvfb :1 > /dev/null 2>&1 &

where :1 is the a display number not in use.

Enabling Xvfb for Oracle Enterprise Linux/Red Hat EnterpriseLinux

ä To enable Xvfb:

1 Log on to the computer that will run theReporting and Analysis Web application server components as theroot user.


rpm -aq | grep -i 'vfb'

Note: If Xvfb is not installed, install it from your installation media, RHN, or ULN Web site.

3 Start Xvfb:

/usr/X11R6/bin/Xvfb :1 -screen 0 1152x900x8 &


262 Enabling an X Virtual Frame Buffer for Financial Reporting and Web Analysis

Enabling Xvfb for HP-UX

ä To enable Xvfb:



swlist -l product | grep 'Xserver cumulative patch'

3 Ensure that the patch level installed on your system corresponds with HP's recommended level (currentlyPHSS_31293).

4 Copy /etc/X11/X0screens to /etc/X11/X1screens, where 1 is a display number not alreadyin use; for example:

cp /etc/X11/X0screens /etc/X11/X1screens

5 Edit /etc/X11/X1screens by adding these lines to the end of the file:

ServerOptions ServerMode XVfb

6 Start Xvfb:

nohup /usr/bin/X11/Xvfb :1 -screen 0 1024x800x8 \-pn -fp /usr/lib/X11/fonts/misc -sp /etc/X11/SecurityPolicy &

where :1 is the display number not already in use.

Setting the DISPLAY VariablePrior to starting the Reporting and Analysis Web application server components on UNIX, setthe DISPLAY environment variable to an available physical or virtual (Xvfb) graphics deviceaddress; for example:

DISPLAY=hostname:0.0 ; export DISPLAY

For the sake of convenience, it is recommended that DISPLAY be initialized automatically byediting theReporting and Analysis Web application server components start scripts.

Note: Only the Financial Reporting and Web Analysis Oracle's Hyperion Reporting and AnalysisWeb application server components require DISPLAY be set. The Oracle EnterprisePerformance Management Workspace, Fusion Edition component does not requireaccess to X11.

Tip: Display can be set for Oracle Hyperion Financial Reporting, Fusion Edition and Oracle'sHyperion® Web Analysis by editing setCustomParamsFinancialReporting.sh andsetCustomParamsWebAnalysis.sh in HYPERION_HOME/deployments/AppServer/bin.

Enabling Xvfb for HP-UX 263

Note: If you are using Oracle Application Server on UNIX, in addition to using a script to setthe environment variables, you must specify the DISPLAY environment variable in theOracle Application Server Application Server Console, by setting the Server propertiesfor the OC4J instance.

264 Enabling an X Virtual Frame Buffer for Financial Reporting and Web Analysis

Index

AAdministration Services

application serverUNIX startup scripts, 125Windows service names, 125

environment variables on UNIX, 239environment variables on Windows, 242installation folders, 224postconfiguration tasks, 153starting, 125upgrading in a mixed release environment, 196upgrading security tasks, 182

ais.cfg file, 126application server deployment

Embedded Java Container, 85general information, 78Oracle Application Server, 79redeploying, 199time changes, 104WebLogic, 80WebSphere, 83

applications, upgrading, 176ARBORPATH, 94, 240assemblies, 19, 20, 21. See also installation assembliesauditing license compliance, 211automatic deployment, 79. See also application server

deployment

BBusiness Rules

upgrading postconfiguration tasks, 180

CCalculation Manager

installation folders, 218launching from EPM Workspace, 138starting, 131

UNIX startup script, 131upgrading postconfiguration tasks, 180Windows Service Name, 131Windows startup script, 131

Capital Asset Planning, 73checklist

installing, 14upgrading, 172

client/server compatibility, Essbase, 245clustering, 86common settings, 73configuration, 149. See also postconfiguration tasksconfiguration sequence

distributed environment, 62overview, 60single machine, 62SSL, 62upgrade, 63

configuring, 86, 199. See also reconfiguringapplication server deployment, 78clusters for Planning, 96command line, 111common settings, 73database, 74, 77Embedded Java Container deployment, 85EPM Workspace, 87Essbase, 93, 96FDM, 110Financial Management, 99logs, 113Oracle Application Server deployment, 79overview, 57Performance Management Architect, 91Planning, 96prerequisites, 58procedure, 67product options, 73Reporting and Analysis, 109

A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P R S T U W X Z

Index 265

sequence, 60Shared Services registration, 70silent, 111SSL, 73Strategic Finance, 109task selection, 69task summary, 63troubleshooting, 113upgrade process, 169upgrade tasks, 72WebLogic deployment, 80WebSphere deployment, 83

connection pooling, 251corporate user directories, 117

DData Management

diagnostics, 146installation assemblies, 36

Data Relationship Managementdefault URLs, 137installation folders, 231postconfiguration tasks, 165repository passwords, 203starting, 136Windows service names, 136

database configuration, 74advanced options, 77Shared Services, 70

database connection pooling, 251databases for repositories

starting, 117DCOM, 99default URLs, 137deployment, 78

Embedded Java Container, 85Oracle Application Server, 79WebLogic, 80WebSphere, 83

deployment scenarios, 205diagnostics, 139

Data Management, 146Essbase, 142Financial Performance Management Applications,

144Foundation Services, 140Reporting and Analysis, 144

DISPLAY variable, 263distributed installation, 15documentation, 17downloading

documentation, 17installation files, 19

DSN, 108

EE-delivery, 19eas_home, 242Embedded Java Container

deployment, 85encrypting

UDL files, 253environment variables

Administration Services on Windows, 242Administration Services on UNIX, 239Essbase Server on UNIX, 233, 240Essbase Studio, 243Integration Services on UNIX, 238, 242Provider Services on UNIX, 239, 243

EPM System productsoverview, 13

EPM Workspaceapplication server

UNIX startup script, 120Windows service names, 120

configuring, 87default URLs, 137installation folders, 216postconfiguration tasks, 151starting, 120UNIX startup script, 121Windows service names, 121

epmsys_registry utility, 188, 255ERP Integrator

installation folders, 230postconfiguration tasks, 164starting, 137Windows service names, 137

error logsconfiguration, 68diagnostics, 140installation, 53, 216troubleshooting, 113uninstalling, 208


266 Index

ESS_CSS_JVM_OPTION, 235ESS_JVM_OPTION, 235Essbase

diagnostics, 142installation assemblies, 25postconfiguration tasks, 151upgrading security tasks, 181

Essbase Serverconfiguring, 93configuring multiple instances, 96environment variables on Windows, 240installation folders, 219installing multiple instances, 56legacy security, 95manually configuring on UNIX, 233manually configuring on Windows, 240multiple instances, 56starting, 123starting multiple instances, 96UNIX startup script, 123Windows service names, 123

Essbase Studioenvironment variables, 243installation folders, 221postconfiguration tasks, 154starting, 126UNIX startup scripts, 126Windows startup scripts, 126

essbase.cfg file, 93, 94, 233, 240, 241ESSBASEPATH, 240ESSLANG , 94, 95

Ffailover

Oracle RAC, 250FDM

configuring, 110default URLs, 137installation folders, 230postconfiguration tasks, 164repository passwords, 202starting, 136upgrading security tasks, 185Windows service names, 136

Financial Managementconfiguring, 99database connection pooling, 251

DCOM configuration, 99DSN configuration, 108installation folders, 227launching from EPM Workspace, 138postconfiguration tasks, 162Schema Upgrade Utility, 178starting, 132UDL file encryption, 253upgrading postconfiguration tasks, 176upgrading security tasks, 182Windows service names, 132

Financial Performance Management Applicationsdiagnostics, 144installation assemblies, 32

Financial Reportingapplication server


High Availability driver, 160UNIX startup script, 128Windows service names, 128

Foundation Servicesdiagnostics, 140installation assemblies, 21

Ggroups, upgrading, 181

HHyperion home directory, 16, 46, 214hyperionenv.doc, 219, 233, 234

IIBM AIX

setting user limits on 64-bit platforms, 152installation assemblies, 19

Data Management, 36downloading, 19Essbase, 25Financial Performance Management Applications,

32Foundation Services, 21Reporting and Analysis, 29

installation checklist, 14installation documentation, 17installation files, preparing, 19


Index 267

installation foldersAdministration Services, 224Calculation Manager, 218Data Relationship Management , 231EPM Workspace, 216ERP Integrator , 230Essbase, 219Essbase Studio, 221FDM, 230Financial Management, 227Integration Services, 222Performance Management Architect, 217Performance Scorecard, 228Planning, 227Profitability and Cost Management, 230Provider Services, 225Reporting and Analysis, 226Shared Services, 213Smart Search, 226Smart View, 219Strategic Finance, 229

installing, 56by component, 47, 48by tier, 47, 48cancelling, 53destination, 46distributed environment, 15location, 16logs, 53procedure, 43sequence, 41silent, 53, 54, 55types, 47upgrade process, 169

instance. See clusteringIntegration Services

environment variables, 242environment variables on UNIX, 238installation folders, 222postconfiguration tasks, 152starting, 126UNIX startup script, 126Windows service names, 126

interface datasources, 91changing passwords, 202

JJDBC URL, 77JDBC URL attributes, 249JVMMODULELOCATION, 236, 241

Llegacy security, Essbase Server, 95license compliance, 211load balancing

Oracle RAC, 250logs

configuration, 68, 113diagnostics, 140installation, 53, 216uninstalling, 208

Mmaintenance release, 47manual deployment, 79. See also application server

deploymentMicrosoft SQL Server Windows Authentication, 76mixed release environment, 188, 255multiple instances of Essbase Server, 56

Nnew installation, 47

OOpenLDAP

UNIX startup script, 117Windows service name, 117

Oracle Application Serverdeployment, 79

Oracle Internet Directory, 117Oracle RAC, 76, 249

Ppasswords

changing, 201Performance Management Architect

application serverWindows service names, 129

configuring, 91Data Synchronizer application server

Windows service names, 130


268 Index

installation folders, 217interface datasource password, 202launching from EPM Workspace, 138postconfiguration tasks, 150starting, 122upgrading postconfiguration tasks, 179Web services

Windows service name, 123Windows service names, 122

Performance Scorecardapplication server


default URLs, 137installation folders, 228launching from EPM Workspace, 138postconfiguration tasks, 164starting, 134upgrading security tasks, 182

Performance Scorecard Alerterapplication server


Planningapplication server


applications password, 202clustering, 96, 97, 98, 99configuring, 96installation folders, 227launching from EPM Workspace, 138postconfiguration tasks, 161starting, 132upgrading in a mixed release environment, 192upgrading postconfiguration tasks, 176

ports, 203. See also SSL portreconfiguring, 203

postconfiguration tasks, 149Administration Services, 153Data Relationship Management , 165EPM Workspace, 151ERP Integrator , 164Essbase, 151Essbase Studio, 154FDM Adapters, 164Financial Management, 162

general tasks, 149Integration Services, 152Performance Management Architect, 150Performance Scorecard, 164Planning, 161Provider Services, 154Reporting and Analysis, 155Shared Services, 150Strategic Finance, 163upgrading, 176

Calculation Manager, 180Financial Management, 176Performance Management Architect, 179Planning, 176Reporting and Analysis, 187Strategic Finance, 187

prerequisites, 19installation and configuration, 13upgrading, 174

product options, 73Profitability and Cost Management

installation folders, 230launching from EPM Workspace, 138starting, 135UNIX startup scripts, 135Windows service name, 135Windows startup script, 135

Provider Servicesapplication server


environment variables, 243environment variables on UNIX, 239installation folders, 225manually configuring on UNIX, 239manually configuring on Windows, 243postconfiguration tasks, 154starting, 127

RRAC, 76, 249reconfiguring, 199

passwords, 201ports, 203SSL, 199Web application server, 199

redeploying, 199


Index 269

registration, Shared Services, 70registry. See Shared Services Registryreinstalling, 47

procedure, 43release numbers supported for upgrading, 168Reporting and Analysis

configuring, 109diagnostics, 144installation assemblies, 29installation folders, 226launching from EPM Workspace, 138postconfiguration tasks, 155starting, 128upgrading postconfiguration tasks, 187

repository passwords, changing, 201response files

silent configuration, 111silent installation, 54, 55

Ssecurity

hardening, 149upgrading, 181

sequenceconfiguring, 60installing, 41upgrading, 172

server/client compatibility, Essbase, 245service names. See Windows service namessetEssbaseEnv.cmd, 219, 240Shared Services

application serverUNIX startup script, 118Windows service names, 118

changing log file location, 235installation folders, 213OpenLDAP

UNIX startup script, 117Windows service name, 117

postconfiguration tasks, 150starting, 118

Shared Services Consoledefault URLs, 137

Shared Services Registry, 58, 70editing for a mixed release environment, 188, 255

silent configuration, 111response files, 111

silent installation, 54, 55response file, 53

silent uninstallation, 209Smart Search


installation folders, 226starting, 125

Smart Viewinstallation folders, 219

SSL, 89. See also SSL portconfiguration sequence, 62configuring, 73enabling, 73enabling for Workspace Web Server, 89reconfiguring, 199

SSL portEmbedded Java Container, 85WebLogic, 81WebSphere, 83

start script, 115start.bat file, 115startEssbase.cmd file, 96startEssbase.sh file, 233starting products

script, 115start order, 116

startup dependencies, 115stop script, 115stop.bat file, 115stopping products, 115Strategic Finance

configuring, 109installation folders, 229postconfiguration tasks, 163starting, 133upgrading postconfiguration tasks, 187Windows service names, 133

Strategic Finance for Banking, 73

Ttask selection, configuration, 69troubleshooting, 48, 113, 139


270 Index

UUDL file, 77

encryption and unencryption, 253undeploying, 207uninstalling, 207

before upgrading, 169silent, 209

unique identity attribute, 186UNIX startup scripts, 115

Administration Services application server, 125Calculation Manager, 131EPM Workspace Web server, 121EPM Workspace application server, 120Essbase Studio Server, 126Financial Reporting, 128Financial Reporting application server, 130Integration Services, 126Performance Scorecard application server, 134Planning application server, 132Profitability and Cost Management, 135Provider Services application server, 127Essbase Server, 123Shared Services application server, 118Shared Services OpenLDAP, 117Web Analysis application server, 129

upgrade homes, 51upgrading, 47, 167

applications, 176checklist, 172configuration sequence, 63configuration tasks, 72mixed release environment, 188, 255partial upgrade , 188postconfiguration tasks, 176

Calculation Manager, 180Financial Management, 176Performance Management Architect, 179Planning, 176Reporting and Analysis, 187Strategic Finance, 187

prerequisites, 174procedure, 43security tasks, 181supported paths, 168troubleshooting, 48unique identity attribute, 186users and groups, 181

what happens during, 169URLs, default, 137user limits

64–bit AIX, 152users, upgrading, 181

WWeb Analysis


Web application serverclustering, 86redeploying, 199

WebLogicdeployment, 80single domain, 82

WebSpheredeployment, 83single profile, 84

Windows service names, 115Administration Services application server, 125,

129Calculation Manager, 131Data Relationship Management, 136EPM Workspace Web server, 121EPM Workspace application server, 120ERP Integrator, 137FDM, 136Financial Management, 132Financial Reporting, 128Financial Reporting application server, 130Integration Services, 126Performance Management Architect, 122, 123,

130Performance Scorecard application server, 134Performance Scorecard Alerter application server,

134Planning application server, 132Profitability and Cost Management, 135Provider Services application server, 127Essbase Server, 123Shared Services application server, 118Shared Services OpenLDAP, 117Smart Search application server, 125Strategic Finance, 133Web Analysis application server, 129


Index 271

Windows startup scriptsAdministration Services, 125Calculation Manager, 131EPM Workspace, 119, 120, 121Essbase Server, 123Essbase Studio Server, 126Integration Services, 126Profitability and Cost Management, 135Provider Services, 127Reporting and Analysis, 128Shared Services, 118Smart Search, 125

Workforce Planning, 73

XXvfb

for AIX 5L, 261for Enterprise Linux, 262for HP-UX, 263for Solaris 10, 262for Solaris 9, 261setting the display, 263

Zzip files, 20

downloading, 19


272 Index

Epm Install

Documents

Transcript of Epm Install